You are on page 1of 100

GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!

TÀI LIỆU CHUYÊN ĐỀ - ÔN THI TỐT NGHIỆP THPT 2021


A. MỤ C LỤ C CÁ C CHUYÊ N ĐỀ Ô N THI
Chuyên đề 01. SOUND IDENTIFICATION Chuyên đề 19. CLEFT-SENTENCES
Chuyên đề 02. STRESS-PATTERN Chuyên đề 20. PURPOSES
Chuyên đề 03. ARTICLES Chuyên đề 21. CONCESSIONS
Chuyên đề 04. PREPOSITIONS Chuyên đề 22. RESULTS
Chuyên đề 05. CONJUNCTIONS Chuyên đề 23. REASONS
Chuyên đề 06. QUANTIFIERS Chuyên đề 24. SUBJUNCTIVES
Chuyên đề 07. TAG-QUESTIONS Chuyên đề 25. CONDITIONALS
Chuyên đề 08. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS Chuyên đề 26. DEDUCTION-SPECULATION
Chuyên đề 09. GERUNDS & INFINITIVES Chuyên đề 27. ERROR IDENTIFICATION
Chuyên đề 10. COMMUNICTION EXCHANGES Chuyên đề 28. SYNONYMS
Chuyên đề 11. ADVERBIAL CLAUSES Chuyên đề 29. ANTONYMS
Chuyên đề 12. COMPARISONS Chuyên đề 30. SENTENCE-TRANSFORMING
Chuyên đề 13. TENSE-SEQUENCES Chuyên đề 31. SENTENCE-MINGLING
Chuyên đề 14. WORD CLASS Chuyên đề 32. PHRASAL-VERBS
Chuyên đề 15. PASSIVE VOICE Chuyên đề 33. COLLOCATIONS - IDIOMS
Chuyên đề 16. INDIRECT SPEECH Chuyên đề 34. USE OF LANGUAGE
Chuyên đề 17. RELATIVE CLAUSES Chuyên đề 35. CLOZE-READING TIPS
Chuyên đề 18. REDUCED CLAUSES Chuyên đề 36. COMPREHENSION-READING

B. NỘ I DUNG GIÁ O Á N
TIẾT 01 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 01. SOUND IDENTIFICATION (NGỮ Â M)
1. International phonetics symbols (44IPS Bảng phiên âm quốc tế):
TT Nguyên âm đơn Nguyên âm đôi Phụ âm vô thanh Phụ âm hữu thanh
01. /i/ / ei / /p/ /b/
02. / i: / / ai / /f/ /v/
03. /e/ / ɔi / // //
04. /æ/ / aʊ / /t/ /d/
05. /ɔ/ / әʊ / /s/ /z/
06. / ɔ: / / iә / /ʃ/ /ʒ/
07. // / eә / / t∫ / / dʒ /
08. / ɑ: / / ʊә / /k/ /g/
09. /ʊ/ / jʊ / /h/ /l/
10. / u: / /m/
11. /ә/ /n/
12. / з: / /ŋ/
13. /r/
14. /w/
15. /j/
2. High frequent tested sounds (Một số nhóm âm thường được kiểm tra):
a. Tổ hợ p cá c chữ cá i tậ n cù ng “ed”:
- Phá t â m là /id/ nếu liền trướ c cá c tổ hợ p chữ cá i nà y là cá c phụ â m /t/ và /d/.
Ví dụ : started /’sta:tid/; acted /’æktid/; lasted/’la:stid/; listed/’listid/;
painted /’peintid/;decided/di’saidid/; provided/prә’vaidid/; landed /’lændid/;
added /’ædid/
Ngoà i ra cò n có cá c từ bấ t qui tắ c cụ thể gồ m: sacred /’seikrid/; hatred/’heitrid/;
crooked/’krukid/; beloved/bi’lvid/; wicked/’wikid/; naked/’neikid/
- Phá t â m là /t/ nếu liền trướ c cá c tổ hợ p chữ cá i nà y là cá c phụ â m /k, f, s, ʃ, tʃ, p/.
Ví dụ : cooked/’kukt/; laughed/’la:ft/; glanced/’glænst/; washed/’woʃt/; watched /’wotʃt/;
stopped/’stopt/
- Cá c trườ ng hợ p cò n lạ i phá t â m là /d/.
Ví dụ : earned/’з:nd/; played/’pleid/; employed/im’ploid/; died/’daid/; moved/’muvd/
b. Tổ hợ p cá c chữ cá i tậ n cù ng “s”:
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 1
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
- Phá t â m là /s/ nếu liền trướ c củ a chú ng là cá c â m /p,k,t,f,/.
Ví dụ : caps/’kæps/; peaks/’pi:ks/; laughs/’la:fs/; tenths/’tens/
- Phá t â m là /z/ đố i vớ i cá c trườ ng hợ p cò n lạ i.
Ví dụ : hands/’hændz/; ears/’i:rz/; boys/’boiz/; apples/’æplz/
c. Cá c cặ p nguyên â m đơn:
Ví dụ : /i/ vs. /i:/; /e/ vs. /æ/; /ɔ/ vs. /ɔ:/; // vs. /a:/; /ʊ/ vs. /u:/; /ә/ vs. /з:/
d. Cá c nguyên â m và phụ â m khá c.

TIẾT 02 Ngày dạy………../………../2020


CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 01. SOUND IDENTIFICATION (NGỮ Â M)
Question 01. A. walks B. begins C. helps D. cuts
Question 02. A. adopted B. appealed C. dedicated D. wounded
Question 03. A. many B. candy C. sandy D. handy
Question 04. A. cancer B. cancel C. concentrates D. century
Question 05. A. stupid   B. studio   C. shuttle   D. museum
Question 06. A. temple B. empty C. century D. pretty
Question 07. A. hours B. fathers C. dreams D. thinks
Question 08. A. gift B. gamble C. gender D. giggle
Question 09. A. hatch B. hour C. hamlet D. hinder
Question 10. A. timing B. machine C. pineapple D. mining
Question 11. A. helps B. laughs C. cooks D. finds
Question 12. A. method B. feather C. father D. weather
Question 13. A. knowledge B. kneel C. kangaroo D. knight
Question 14. A. sports B. households C. minds D. plays
Question 15. A. offers B. mounts C. pollens D. swords
Question 16. A. goose B. school C. flood D. spoon
Question 17. A. runs B. invites C. laughs D. envelopes
Question 18. A. some B. song C. mother D. brother
Question 19. A. sugar B. sand C. sample D. singer
Question 20. A. gloves B. says C. months D. sings
TIẾT 03 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 02. STRESS-PATTERN (TRỌ NG Â M)
1. For di-syllable words: Đối với các từ có 2 âm tiết.
- Trọ ng â m chính củ a cá c từ có hai â m tiết thườ ng rơi và o â m tiết thứ 2 đố i vớ i cá c độ ng từ (trừ
trườ ng hợ p cá c â m tiết thứ 2 đó có chứ a nguyên â m /ә/, /i/, hoặ c /әʊ/), và rơi và o â m tiết thứ
nhấ t đố i vớ i cá c từ loạ i cò n lạ i (trừ trườ ng hợ p â m tiết thứ nhấ t đó có chứ a nguyên â m đơn /ә/).
1. appeal (v) /ә’pi:l/ brother (n) /’brә/ ancient /’einsәnt/
2. appear (v) /ә’pir/ color (n) /’k lә/ annual /’ænjʊәl/
3. approach (v) /ә’prɔ:tʃ / dhoti (n) /’hәʊti/ concave /’kɔnkeiv/
- Đố i vớ i nhữ ng từ có mang tiền tố , hậ u tố , trọ ng â m chính củ a từ đó thườ ng rơi và o â m tiết gố c.
1. become / bi’km / quickly / ’kwikli / threaten / ’θretәn /
2. react / ri’ækt / builder / ’bildә / failure / ’feiljʊә /
2. For words with more than two syllables: Đối với các từ có hơn 2 âm tiết
- Đố i vớ i cá c từ có hơn hai â m tiết, trọ ng â m chính thườ ng rơi và o â m tiết thứ ba kể từ â m tiết
cuố i.
1. family /’fæmili/ philosopher /fi’lɔ:sɔfә/ biology /bai’ɔ:lɔdʒi /
2. cinema /’sinәmә / character /’kæriktә/ democracy /di’mɔ:krәsi/
3. regular /’regjʊlә / interest /’intәrist/ satisfy /’sætisfai /
- Đố i vớ i cá c từ có tậ n cù ng như “ian”, “ic”, “ience”, “ient”, “al”, “ial”, “ual”, “eous”, “ious”, “iar”, “ion”,
trọ ng â m chính thườ ng rơi và o â m tiết liền trướ c củ a cá c tậ n cù ng nà y – thứ 2 kể từ â m tiết cuố i.
ian physician / fi’ziksәn / ual habitual
ic athletic / eθ’letik / eous courageous
ience experience / iks’priәns / ious delicious
ient expedient / iks’pediәnt / ion decision
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 2
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
al parental / pә’rentәl / iar familiar
ial essential / i’senʃәl/
- Đố i vớ i cá c từ có tậ n cù ng “ese”, “ee’, “eer”, “ier”, “ette”, “oo”, “esque”, trọ ng â m chính thườ ng rơi
và o chính cá c â m tiết chứ a cá c tậ n cù ng nà y.
ee refugee / refjʊ’dʒi: / esque bamboo
eer volunteer / vɔln’tiә / oo kangaroo
ese Portuguese / pɔtjʊ’gi:s / oon saloon
ette ushrette / ʃ’ret /
- Đố i vớ i cá c từ có tậ n cù ng là “ate”, “fy”, “ity”, “ize”, trọ ng â m chính thườ ng rơi và o â m tiết thứ ba
kể từ â m tiết cuố i.
ate dedicate / ’dedikeit/ ize recognize
fy classify / ’kla:sifai / ety society
ity ability / ә’bi:liti /

TIẾT 04 Ngày dạy………../………../2020


CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 02. STRESS-PATTERN (TRỌ NG Â M)
Question 01. A. admit B. suggest C. remind D. manage
Question 02. A. approval B. applicant C. energy D. influence
Question 03. A. engineer B. understand C. referee D. mechanic
Question 04. A. oceanic B. environment C. reality D. psychologist
Question 05. A. depression B. informal C. interview D. attention
Question 06. A. polite B. agree C. attempt D. entrance
Question 07. A. machine B. confine C. engine D. entail
Question 08. A. develop B. envelope C. telescope D. antelope
Question 09. A. promote B. profess C. product D. provide
Question 10. A. property B. regular C. different D. achieving
Question 11. A. neglect B. attract C. compose D. active
Question 12. A. conical B. different C. symbolic D. careful
Question 13. A. economics B. concentration C. capability D. development
Question 14. A. rubbish B. forgetful C. agree D. enrich
Question 15. A. discussion B. stimulate C. attractive D. non-verbal
Question 16. A. physics B. perform C. differ D. gesture
Question 17. A. diverse B. desert C. sector D. willing
Question 18. A. commercial B. disaster C. animal D. extinction
Question 19. A. expect B. devote C. weather D. suggest
Question 20. A. populate B. decision C. meaningful D. similar
TIẾT 05 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 03. ARTICLES (MẠ O TỪ )
I. Indefinite article: a/ an
Khi đo đếm cá c đơn vị danh từ đếm đượ c số ít như thờ i gian, khoả ng cá ch, trọ ng lượ ng, và
cá c danh từ đếm đượ c khá c, ta sử dụ ng “a”/ “an” liền trướ c cá c danh từ đó vớ i nghĩa là
“mộ t”. Cụ thể cá ch sử dụ ng “a”/ “an” như sau:
1. The use of “a”: Mạ o từ bấ t định “a” đượ c đặ t trướ c cá c danh từ đếm đượ c số ít bắ t đầ u
bằ ng mộ t phụ â m. Xem cá c ví dụ sau:
2. The use of “an”: Mạ o từ bấ t định “an” đượ c đặ t trướ c cá c danh từ đếm đượ c số ít bắ t
đầ u bằ ng mộ t nguyên â m. Xem cá c ví dụ sau:
II. Definite article: The “the” is the same form for singular and plural and for all genders –
“the” đượ c sử dụ ng vớ i tấ t cả cá c loạ i danh từ - số ít, số nhiều, đếm đượ c, và khô ng đếm
đượ c - theo cá c qui tắ c dướ i đâ y:
1. Use “the”: “the” đượ c sử dụ ng khi:
1.1. When the object or group of objects is unique or considered to be unique – Khi vậ t thể
hoặ c nhó m vậ t thể là duy nhấ t hay đượ c coi là duy nhấ t:
1.2. Before a noun which has become definite as a result of being mentioned the second
time – Đứ ng trướ c cá c danh từ đượ c xá c định khi nó đượ c lặ p lạ i:

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 3
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
1.3. Before a noun made definite by the addition of a phrase or clause – Đứ ng trướ c cá c
danh từ đượ c là m cho xá c định bở i cá c cụ m từ hoặ c mệnh đề theo sau:
1.4. Before a noun which by reason of locality can represent one particular thing – Đứ ng
trướ c cá c danh từ đượ c xá c định khi nó mang tính địa phương:
1.5. Before superlatives and other words like first, second, last, only, etc. used as adjectives
or pronouns – Đứ ng trướ c cá c hình thứ c so sá nh hơn nhấ t, cá c từ sau first, second, last,
only, etc khi dù ng như tính từ hay đạ i từ . Chẳ ng hạ n:
1.6. Before the well-known places – Đứ ng trướ c cá c địa danh nổ i tiếng có tính toà n cầ u
như:
1.7. Before some countries’ names – Trướ c tên mộ t số quố c gia như:
1.8. Before the political system of almost all countries – Đứ ng trướ c tên quố c gia có thể chế
chính trị như:
1.9. Before adjectives to make pronouns – Đặ t trướ c tính từ tạ o thà nh cá c đạ i từ như:
1.10. Before proper nouns – Đặ t trướ c danh từ riêng chỉ cá c dò ng họ :
1.11. Before a noun of nationality to imply a nation – Đặ t trướ c danh từ chỉ quố c tịch để nó i
đến mộ t dâ n tộ c như:
2. Omission of “the”: “the” đượ c sử dụ ng khi:
2.1. Before names of places except the above mentioned.
2.2. Before abstract nouns except when they are used to make sense.
2.3. Nouns with possessive or demonstrative adjectives.
2.4. Before nouns of games and parts of body.
TIẾT 06 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 03. ARTICLES (MẠ O TỪ )
Question 01. More and more investors are pouring_________ money into food and beverage start-
ups.
A. the B. a C. an D. 0 (zero article)
Question 02.  I went by_________ train to_________ West of England.
A. 0/ a B. 0/ the C. 0/ 0 D. the/ the
Question 03. Different activities should be carried out to raise_________ awareness of our people about
ecotourism.
A. a B. an C. the D. 0
Question 04. It is estimated that about 640 women remain illiterate in_________ world, mostly in
developing countries.
A. a B. an C. the D. 0 (zero article)
Question 05. After having enough money, he bought his children__________ LG television.
A. 0 (no article) B. a C. the D. an
Question 06 He left on ______ 10 o'clock train yesterday to see his father who was taken to_________
hospital last week when he broke his right leg.
A. the/the B. the/a C. a/a D. the/0 (no article)
Question 07. He is________ most intelligent person I have ever seen so far.
A. 0 (no article) B. an C. the D. a
Question 08. My daughter plays_________ piano very well.
A. the B. a C. 0 (zero article) D. an
Question 09. _________ schooling is compulsory in Australia between_________ ages of six and seventeen.
A. The/ 0 B. A/ an C. 0/ the D. The/ an
Question 10. The Soviet Union was_________ first country to send a man into space.
A. a B. an C. the D. 0 (no article)
Question 11. Did you read_________ book I lent you_________ last week.
A. a/ the B. the/ the C. the/ 0 D. 0/ 0
Question 12. She prefers playing_________ football to going to_________ museum.
A. 0/ a B. 0/ the C. 0/ 0 D. the/ the
Question 13. We visited Canada and_________ United States.
A. an B. a C. 0 D. the
Question 14. I fell in_________ love with him because of his kind nature.

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 4
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
A. a B. the C. 0 (no article) D. an
Question 15. Do you know exactly_________ number of Siberian tigers in China?
A. a B. an C. the D. 0 (no article)
Question 16. It was announced that neither the passengers nor_________ driver was injured in the
crash.
A. a B. an C. the D. 0 (zero article)
Question 17. Anne says that she reads about half_________ hour a day, at least.
A. a B. an C. the D. 0 (zero article)
Question 18. I like_________ books better than_________ films.
A. 0/ 0 B. the/ the C. 0/ the D. the/ 0
Question 19. How many players are there in_________ water polo team?
A. a B. an C. the D. 0 (zero article)
Question 20. Water polo is played in_________ pool 1.8 meters deep.
A. a B. an C. the D. 0 (zero article)
TIẾT 07 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 04. PREPOSITIONS (GIỚ I TỪ )
II. The use of some prepositions: Cá ch sử dụ ng củ a mộ t số giớ i từ
1. Prepositions of time: Giớ i từ chỉ thờ i gian
* at: dù ng cho cá c thờ i điểm trong ngà y, mộ t kì nghỉ e.g. at five/at eleven/at night
* in/ during/ for: dù ng cho khoả ng thờ i gian e.g. in the morning/ afternoon/ evening
* on: dù ng cho cá c ngà y, thứ e.g. on Sunday on Monday night
* by/ before/ after/ since/ until: dù ng như sau e.g. by this time tomorrow/ by noon
2. Prepositions of place and movement: Giớ i từ chỉ nơi chố n và sự vậ n độ ng
* in: dù ng cho cá c địa điểm e.g. The radio is in the living-room.
* on: dù ng để chỉ ở trên bề mặ t e.g. The toys are on the floor.
* at: dù ng để chỉ ở gầ n hay hiện diện ở đâ u đó e.g.She is at the station now.
* into: dù ng cho sự hướ ng và o trong e.g. He went into the living-room.
* onto: dù ng cho sự hướ ng lên trên bề mặ t e.g. The cat jumped onto the table.
* out of: dù ng cho sự hướ ng ra ngoà i e.g. The man jumped out of the car.
* off: dù ng chỉ sự hướ ng ra ngoà i e.g. He knocked the glass off the table
* above/ over: dù ng chỉ sự hướ ng lên trên e.g. The ceiling is above our heads.
* below/ under: dù ng chỉ sự hướ ng xuố ng dướ i e.g. Do the tasks below the passage.
* through: qua, suố t, xuyên suố t e.g. We kept in touch through time.
* along: dọ c theo e.g. The lovers walked along the river.
* beside/ by/ next to/ near: gầ n e.g. He sat beside the dustbin.
* between: giữ a e.g. The T.V set was between the table and the bed.
* opposite: đố i diện e.g. Lan’s house is opposite the bank.
* in front of: đằ ng trướ c củ a e.g. The theatre was in front of the bank.
* to/ towards: hướ ng về phía e.g. To the left of the house, there’s a well.
3. Prepositions that go with verbs, nouns, and adjectives: Giớ i từ đi vớ i độ ng từ , danh từ , tính
từ . Phầ n kiến thứ c nà y sẽ đượ c trình bà y kĩ ở bà i Gerunds (danh độ ng từ ).
* Verbs – prepositions: Giớ i từ đi vớ i độ ng từ e.g. He looked at his nephew.
* Nouns – prepositions: Giớ i từ đi vớ i danh từ e.g. He put a lot into his bank account.
* Adjectives – prepositions: Giớ i từ đi vớ i tính từ e.g. He was surprised at what I said to
him.
TIẾT 08 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 04. PREPOSITIONS (GIỚ I TỪ )
Question 01. It is of great importance to create a good impression_________ your interviewer.
A. on B. about C. for D. at
Question 02. Visiting Ha Long Bay, tourists can save money thanks__________ the availability of low-
cost hotels and cruise tours.
A. for B. with C. about D.to
Question 03. His choice of future career is quite similar_________ mine.
A. for B. to C. with D. at
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 5
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
Question 04. Students are_________ less pressure as a result of changes in testing procedures.
A. under B. above C. upon D. out of
Question 05. _________ the time you get to the theatre, the play will have finished.
A. Until B. In C. By D. On
Question 06. I agree_________ one point with Chris. It will be hard for us to walk 80km.
A. in B. of C. on D. for
Question 07. Toxic chemicals in the air and land have driven many species_________ the verge of
extinction.
A. of B. about C. at D. to
Question 08. We never saw him again because soon afterwards he died in Singapore__________ blood-
poisoning.
A. off B. of C. with D. for
Question 09. In the U.S, children can choose their own partners even if their parents
object_________ their choice.
A. to B. for C. against D. with
Question 10. Many people are not interested_________ reading books as much as seeing films.
A. in B. with C. for D. about
Question 11. Books are a wonderful source_________ knowledge and pleasure.
A. with B. of C. in D. about
Question 12. _________ the start of each period, both teams line up on their own goal line.
A. In B. For C. From D. At
Question 13. Helen is very excited_________ going to work in Germany.
A. about                    B. for                    C. with                        D. to
Question 14. There are six field player positions and a goalkeeper_________ each team.
A. on B. with C. from D. for
Question 15. Pay more attention_________ picture and you can find out who is the robber.
A. to B. for C. at D. on
Question 16. They said that the blue cheese was very tasty, but the smell put me_________.
A. of B. in C. to D. off
Question 17. _________ entering the hall, he found everyone waiting for him.
A. With B. On C. At D. During
Question 18. Clearing forests for timber has resulted_________ the loss of biodiversity.
A. with B. at C. in D. for
Question 19. Once you have started something, you ought to see it_________ to the end.
A. to B. through C. for D. in
Question 20. We are_________ no obligation to change goods which were not purchased here.
A. to B. with C. at D. under
TIẾT 09 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 05. CONJUNCTIONS (LIÊ N TỪ )
01. FOR: vì - giả i thích lý do hoặ c mụ c đích (dù ng giố ng because)
Eg. I do morning exercise every day, for I want to keep fit.
* Lưu ý: khi hoạ t độ ng như mộ t liên từ , for chỉ đứ ng ở giữ a câ u, sau for phả i sử dụ ng mộ t
mệnh đề và trướ c for phả i có dấ u phẩ y (,)
02. AND: và - thêm/ bổ sung mộ t thứ và o mộ t thứ khá c.
Eg.  I do morning exercise every day to keep fit and relax.
03. NOR: hoặc là - dù ng để bổ sung mộ t ý phủ định và o ý phủ định đã đượ c nêu trướ c đó .
Eg.  I don’t like listening to music nor playing sports. I’m just keen on reading.
04. BUT: nhưng - dù ng để diễn tả sự đố i lậ p, ngượ c nghĩa.
Eg.  He works quickly but accurately.
05. OR: hoặc - dù ng để trình bà y thêm mộ t lự a chọ n khá c.
Eg.  You can play games or watch TV.
06. YET: nhưng - dù ng để giớ i thiệu mộ t ý ngượ c lạ i so vớ i ý trướ c đó (tương tự  but).
Eg.  I took a book with me on my holiday, yet I didn’t read a single page.

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 6
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
07. SO: nên - dù ng để nó i về mộ t kết quả hoặ c mộ t ả nh hưở ng củ a hà nh độ ng/sự việc đượ c nhắ c
đến trướ c đó .   Eg.  I’ve started dating one soccer player, so now I can watch the game each week.
08. EITHER….OR: cả…lẫn - dù ng để diễn tả sự lự a chọ n: hoặ c là cá i nà y, hoặ c là cá i kia.
Eg.     I want either the pizza or the sandwich.
09. NEITHER….NOR: cả không…lẫn không - dù ng để diễn tả phủ định kép: khô ng cá i nà y cũ ng
khô ng cá i kia. Eg.     I want neither the pizza nor the sandwich. I’ll just need some biscuits.
10. BOTH….AND: cả hai - dù ng để diễn tả lự a chọ n kép: cả cá i nà y lẫ n cả cá i kia.
Eg.     I want both the pizza and the sandwich. I’m very hungry now.
11. NOT ONLY….BUT ALSO: không những….mà còn - dù ng để diễn tả lự a chọ n kép - khô ng nhữ ng
cá i nà y mà cả cá i kia Eg.    I’ll eat them both: not only the pizza but also the sandwich.
* Lưu ý: trong cấ u trú c vớ i neither…nor và either…or, độ ng từ chia theo chủ ngữ gầ n nhấ t
cò n trong cấ u trú c vớ i both…and và not only …but also, độ ng từ chia theo chủ ngữ kép (là
cả 2 danh từ trướ c đó .) Eg.      Neither my mother nor I am going to attend his party.
12. WHETHER….OR: liệu…hay - dù ng để diễn tả nghi vấ n giữ a 2 đố i tượ ng.
Eg.     I didn’t know whether you’d want the pizza or the sandwich, so I got you both.
13. AS….AS: như, bằng - dù ng để so sá nh ngang bằ ng: bằ ng, như
Eg.      Bowling isn’t as fun as skeet shooting.
14. SUCH….THAT / SO….THAT: quá….đến nỗi mà - dù ng để diễn tả quan hệ nhâ n – quả .
Eg.      The boy has such a good voice that he can easily capture everyone’s attention.
            His voice is so good that he can easily capture everyone’s attention.
15. SCARECELY….WHEN / NO SOONER….THAN: ngay khi - dù ng để diễn tả quan hệ thờ i gian. 
Eg.      I had scarcely walked in the door when I got the call and had to run right to my
office.
16. RATHER….THAN: hơn là, thay vì dù ng để diễn tả lự a chọ n.
Eg.      She’d rather play the drums than sing.
17. AFTER/ BEFORE: sau/ trước khi - dù ng để diễn tả thờ i gian, mộ t việc xảy ra sau/trướ c mộ t việc
khác. 
Eg.      He watches TV after he finishes his work.
18. ALTHOUGH/ THOUGH/ EVEN THOUGH: mặc dù - dù ng để biểu thị hai hà nh độ ng trá i ngượ c
nhau về mặ t logic. Eg.  Although he is very old, he goes jogging every morning.
* Lưu ý: although/ though/ even though dù ng vớ i mệnh đề, ngoà i ra cò n có thể dù ng despite và in
spite of + phrase, despite the fact that và in spite of the fact that + clause để diễn đạ t ý tương
đương
Eg.      Despite his old age, he goes jogging every morning.
19. AS: bởi vì/ khi - dù ng để diễn tả hai hà nh độ ng cù ng xả y ra; hoặ c diễn tả nguyên nhâ n. 
Eg.      I saw him hand in hand with a beautiful girl as I was walking downtown. (= when)
            As this is the first time you are here, let me take you around (= because)
20. AS LONG AS: chừng nào mà, miễn là dù ng để diễn tả điều kiện.
Eg.      “I don’t care who you are, where you’re from, don’t care what you did as long as you
love me” (Backstreet boys)
TIẾT 10 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 05. CONJUNCTIONS (LIÊ N TỪ )
Question 01. She's not only beautiful_________ intelligent.
A. but also B. but C. however D. yet
Question 02. I was very tired, _________ I determined to walk on to the next village.
A. therefore B. however C. and D. or
Question 03. You can come here either on Monday_________ on Friday.
A. or B. nor C. both D. and
Question 04. He had to act immediately; _________ he would have been too late.
A. consequently B. nevertheless C. still D. otherwise
Question 05. They said both he_________ I were to come.
A. and B. but C. or D. so
Question 06. The weather in Da Lat is neither too hot in summer_________ too cold in winter.
A. or B. nor C. or else D. otherwise

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 7
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
Question 07. Jane is beautiful and intelligent_________.
A. too B. so C. both D. moreover
Question 08. Jane is beautiful and intelligent; _________ she's very kind.
A. moreover B. however C. for all that D. on the other hand
Question 09. He never works_________ he gains all the prizes.
A. furthermore B. whereas C. but D. accordingly
Question 10. The sun is shining and there are very few clouds; _________, I am sure it is going to
rain.
A. what's more B. hence C. thus D. nevertheless
Question 11. Bill is in class 12, _________ John, who is a year older, is only in class 4.
A. and B. whereas C. either D. nevertheless
Question 12. You must leave at once, _________ you miss the train.
A. however B. yet C. still D. otherwise
Question 13. You need to get some job retraining. _________ it, you risk being laid off.
A. If so B. If not C. With D. Without
Question 14. Could I have rice_________ potatoes, please?
A. but B. but also C. instead D. instead of
Question 15. _________ his denial, we knew that he was guilty.
A. Despite B. In spite C. Because D. And
Question 16. John's family is very happy_________ his being awarded a scholarship.
A. because of B. if C. either D. nor
Question 17. Graphite is a soft, slippery solid that is a good conductor of_________ heat and
electricity.
A. not just B. and C. both D. moreover
Question 18. The lecture was_________ interesting and instructive.
A. as B. either C. neither D. both
Question 19. Both Mary and Allen_________ Jean are going on the tour.
A. as well B. as well as C. nor D. but
Question 20. He likes travel, and_________ does she.
A. too B. such C. so D. but
TIẾT 11 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 06. QUANTIFIERS (LƯỢ NG TỪ )
1. Từ chỉ số lượng đi với danh từ số nhiều:
a.     Some / any: mộ t và i e.g. I want to buy some new pencils. - Tôi muốn mua vài cây bút chì mới.
b.     Many: nhiều e.g. There aren't many people living here. - Không có nhiều người sống ở đây.
c.      A large number of: số lượ ng lớ n/ rấ t nhiều
e.g. He has a large number of English books. - Anh ta có một số sách tiếng Anh.
d.      A great number of: số lượ ng lớ n/ rấ t nhiều
e.g. A great number of students said they were forced to practice the piano.
e.      Plenty of: rấ t nhiều e.g. There were plenty of berries. - Có nhiều trái mâm xôi.
f.      A lot of/ lots of: rấ t nhiều e.g. He has a lot of/lots of friends here. - Anh ta có nhiều bạn ở đây.
g.      Few/ a few: mộ t và i e.g. Few people can say that they always tell the truth.
h.      Several: và i e.g. I've checked it several times. - Tôi đã kiểm tra nó vài lần rồi.
2. Từ chỉ số lượng đi với danh từ đếm được số ít:
a.      Every: mỗ i/ mọ i e.g. I go for walk every morning. - Tôi đi bộ mỗi sáng.
b.      Each: mỗ i  e.g. Each day seems to pass very slowly.
3. Từ chỉ số lượng đi với danh từ không đếm được:
a.      Some/ any: mộ t chú t/ mộ t ít e.g. Would you like some beer? - Bạn có muốn uống bia không? 
b.      Much: nhiều e.g. Does the newspaper have much information? - Tờ báo có nhiều thông tin
không?
c.      A large amount of: nhiều/số lượ ng lớ n e.g. He borrowed a large amount of money.
d.      A great deal of: nhiều/rấ t nhiều e.g. A dishwasher uses a great deal of electricity.
e.      Plenty of: nhiều/rấ t nhiều e.g. I have plenty of food. - Tôi có nhiều thức ăn.
f.      A lot of/ Lots of: nhiều/rấ t nhiều

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 8
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
e.g. We need a lot of/lots of time to learn a foreign language.
g.      Little/ a Little: mộ t chú t/ mộ t ít e.g. There is little sugar in my coffee.
***Lưu ý:
-      some: dù ng trong câ u khẳ ng định, câ u yêu cầ u, lờ i mờ i, lờ i đề nghị.
-      any: dù ng trong câ u phủ định, nghi vấ n
-      many, much dù ng trong câ u phủ định, nghi vấ n, câ u khả ng định chỉ số lượ ng very, too, so, as
-      a lot of, plenty of, a great number of, lots of … dù ng trong câ u khẳ ng định
-      few, little: (ít, khô ng nhiều): thườ ng có nghĩa phủ định, ít khô ng đủ để dù ng, đi sau very/rather
-      a few/ a little: (mộ t và i, mộ t ít): thườ ng có nghĩa khẳ ng định, ít đủ để dù ng, đi sau just/
only/quite.
 II. ĐỘ NG TỪ SỬ DỤ NG SAU TỪ CHỈ SỐ LƯỢ NG
a.     Số thập phân, phân số, sự đo lường + động từ số ít (chia như vớ i chủ ngữ là ngô i 3 số ít)
Three quarters  of a ton is too much. - Ba phần tư tấn là quá nhiều.
b.     All, some, plenty + of + danh từ số ít + động từ số ít (chia như vớ i chủ ngữ là ngô i 3 số ít)
Some of the  milk was sour. - Một ít sữa đã bị chua.
c.     Half, part, a lot + of + danh từ số nhiều + động từ số nhiều
A lot of my  friends want to emigrate. - Nhiều người bạn của tôi muốn di cư.
d.     No + danh từ số ít + động từ số ít (chia như vớ i chủ ngữ là ngô i 3 số ít)
No  student has finished their assignment. - Không có học sinh nào hoàn thành bài tập.
e.     No + danh từ số nhiều + động từ số nhiều (chia như vớ i chủ ngữ là ngô i 3 số nhiều)
No  people think alike. - Không có người nào nghĩ giống nhau.
f.     A number of + danh từ số nhiều + động từ số nhiều
A number of countries are overproducing goods. - Một số nước đang sản xuất thừa hàng hóa.
g.     The number of + danh từ số nhiều + động từ số ít
The number of visitors increases rapidly. - Lượng du khách tăng nhanh chóng. 

TIẾT 12 Ngày dạy………../………../2020


CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 06. QUANTIFIERS (LƯỢ NG TỪ )
Question 01. Why don't you take a break? Would you like_________ coffee?
A. few B. some C. many D. much
Question 02. He drank_________ wine last night and gets sick now.
A. too many B. too much C. few of D. a large number of
Question 03. Give me_________ examples, please!
A. a few B. a little C. few D. little
Question 04. Is there_________ water in the glass?
A. any B. some C. many D. lots of
Question 05. Peter doesn't want_________ to do.
A. something B. anything C. nothing D. everything
Question 06. Can you speak French? - Yes, _________.
A. a few B. few C. a little D. little
Question 07. Thank you very_________ for your help.
A. many B. much C. a lot of D. little
Question 08. He is very rich. He has_________ money in the bank.
A. a great deal of B. many C. a large number of D. few
Question 09. She put too_________ sugar in the coffee. It became so sweet that I couldn't drink it.
A. many B. much C. few D. little
Question 10. I have got_________ homework to do.
A. many B. few C. a lot of D. a large number of
Question 11. She has talked too_________.
A. much B. many C. few D. a great deal
Question 12. He made very_________ mistakes.
A. much B. many C. little D. a number of
Question 13. They know_________ about what to do.
A. many B. few C. little D. the number of
Question 14. _________ children are ill-prepared for employment.
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 9
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
A. Much B. Most C. A little D. Most of
Question 15. Would you like_________ champagne to drink?
A. some B. few C. a few D. many
Question 16. When I studied Shakespeare, I thought his plays were_________ boring.
A. many B. much C. few D. a few
Question 17. _________ of the students are good today.
A. Most B. Much C. A little D. Very
Question 18. There were too_________ different nationalities in my class and we had to speak
English.
A. a lot of B. much C. some D. many
Question 19. I don't know_________ about English literature.
A. many B. much C. a few D. little
Question 20. How_________ furniture do you think there is?
A. many B. much C. few D. a lot of

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 10
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
TIẾT 13 + 14 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
TEST YOURSELF 01
SỞ GD&ĐT …………….. ĐỀ KSCL ÔN THI THPT QG NĂM 2021
TRƯỜ NG THPT ………………. BÀ I THI MÔ N: TIẾ NG ANH 005
(Đề thi gồm: 05 trang) Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the
other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 01. A. economics B. concentration C. capability D. development
Question 02. A. rubbish B. forgetful C. agree D. enrich
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to
complete each of the following exchanges.
Question 02. Linda is thanking Daniel for his birthday present.
Linda: "Thanks for the purse. It’s really a nice present." Daniel: "________________"
A. I'm glad you like it. B. You can say that again. C. I like it too. D. I know you like it.
Question 03. Daisy is talking to Jane about the house.
Daisy:" What a lovely house you have!" Jane: “____________________”
A. Of course not, it's not costly. B. Well, it’s out of your business.
C. I think so. D. Thank you. Hope you will drop in.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 05. He is determined to win________. He will never give up.
A. at any cost B. at any time C. at risk D. at last
Question 06. ________ theft involves stealing small amounts of cash or goods, and is usually charged
as a misdemeanor.
A. Slight B. Petty C. Small D. Unimportant
Question 07. Mike accused me________ the money he left in the drawer.
A. to steal B. for having stolen C. of having stolen D. from stealing
Question 08. No one has ever been arrested for picking these documents without permission, ________?
A. has he B. have they C. has it D. haven’t they
Question 09. The fact that the Egyptians could lift and place the huge stones correctly in the
positions is still a mystery. They________ a special kind of machine.
A. might be used B. can have used C. can’t use D. might have used
Question 10. By the time I arrived, they________ the work and they________ coffee.
A. had finished/were drinking B. finished/drank
C. had finished/drunk D. were finishing/drink
Question 11. It is________ that has helped us to build this bridge.
A. he B. his C. him D. he’s
Question 12. A few people are________ the plans to build a new car park, but I'm sure the silent
majority are against it.
A. in danger of B. in spite of C. in favour of  D. in reference to
Question 13. Governments have done their best to create more employment for the young.
________, there are more and more people out of work each year.
A. However B. Although C. Therefore D. Moreover
Question 14. At the party, we met and talked to some interesting people, ________ became our best
friend later on.
A. one of them B. one of whom C. most of them D. they
Question 15. The________ wilderness of West America attracts millions of visitors every year.
A. badly-damaged B. well-preserved C. badly-polluted D. nearly-exhausted
Question 16.  When he was walking in the forest, a lion________ him. He tried not to panic. 
A. put on B. took on C. turned on D. went on
Question 17.  I went by_________ train to_________ West of England.
A. 0/ a B. 0/ the C. 0/ 0 D. the/ the
Question 18.  The scientist_________ invention was a success became famous.
A. who B. whose C. which D. that

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 11
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 19. A. runs B. invites C. laughs D. envelopes
Question 20. A. scanned B. enabled C. exercised D. decided
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction in each of the following questions.
Question 21. The highly you are qualified for the job, the more likely you will succeed in your
career.
A. The highly B. qualified for C. more likely D. will succeed in
Question 22. Developed in the early 1900 in Canada, synchronized swimming is a sport
performed exclusive by women, rather than by men.
A. Developed B. performed C. exclusive D. rather than
Question 23. Shortly before the Allied invasion of Normandy, Ernest Hemingway has gone to
London as a war correspondent.
A. Shortly B. invasion C. has gone D. correspondent
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 24. After the historic meeting in Singapore, Kim Jong-un and Donald Trump met each
other in Ha Noi last week.
A. important B. chance C. insignificant D. accidental
Question 25. His opponents have no intention of letting him off the hook until he agrees to leave
office immediately.
A. out of order B. out of trouble C. out of stock D. out of date
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in
meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 26. If you can’t make up your mind right now, you may lose your lifelong opportunity.
A. make an effort B. make a decision C. hesitate D. look for solutions
Question 27. He was a hard and conscientious worker and became widely known for his ability in debate.
A. indifferent B. careful C. responsible D. reliable
Read the following passage and choose the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the
numbered blanks.
The warming of the Pacific Ocean has created weather patterns (28)________ strongly affect the
world. When the water is warm, the (29)________ of rainfall in Indonesia and the surrounding regions
decreases. Australia could even experience a drought in many parts. On the other hand, Chile (which
borders the Pacific Ocean) is preparing for severe rainstorms. In Pakistan and northwestern India, the
weather pattern makes the rainy season weaker and makes the area much drier. This happening is
called El Nino and is used by weather forecasters to make long-range weather predictions. They also
know that El Nino will (30)________ unusually heavy rains to the southwestern part of the United States
and make the central part of the country drier at the same time. According to research, weather
forecasters (used to know about the coming weather with certainty. Now everything has become
(31)________ different. El Nino itself used to be (32)________. It would occur every two to seven years. But
now, this weather pattern is becoming more frequent. We cannot say when and how often tornadoes
or cyclones occur. Scientists are unsure of the reason for this change on a global scale either.
Question 28. A. what B. when C. whether D. that
Question 29. A. amount B. deal C. figure D. number
Question 30. A. fetch B. bring C. take D. consist
Question 31. A. complete B. completely C. completed D. completing
Question 32. A. notable B. incredible C. predictable D. remarkable
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions.
Lady Liberty
New York City is undoubtedly one of the most famous cities in the world. There are several
landmarks such as the Empire State Building, Broadway, and Times Square which have come to
symbolize the Big Apple. Although these landmarks are all impressive, nothing captures the true spirit of
the city like a gigantic, greenish sculpture that stands proudly in New York Harbour: the famed Statue of
Liberty.
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 12
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
The Statue of Liberty was created as a special gift to the US by French sculptor Frédéric
Auguste Bartholdi. It was designed to represent the friendship between the French and American
people, two close allies that fought against the British during the American Revolutionary War.
Initially, Bartholdi anticipated that he would be able to finish the statue by 1876. The project was
conceived as a joint venture. The French would fund and create the statue and send it to the US, while
Americans would provide a location and build a pedestal to display it on. The initial completion date
would eventually be delayed, however, due to financial issues with both nations. Bartholdi had some
technical issues to deal with as well. He had never designed an enormous copper structure of this size
and he required some expert assistance. Therefore, Bartholdi recruited Alexandre Gustave Eiffel, the
designer of the Eiffel Tower to help him. After nine years of hard work, the 151 -foot, 22-ton statue
was eventually completed and presented to the American Ambassador in France. It then had to be
taken apart and separated into crates before being delivered to the US. It took another two years
before Americans were able to raise enough public funds to build the pedestal that she would stand
on. But the task was finally completed and the Statue of Liberty was assembled and dedicated on
October 28, 1886.
Over the years, the symbolism of the Statue of Liberty continued to grow more and more
important until it became a key symbol of the entire nation. During the late 19 th and early 20lh century,
it was the first landmark that waves of immigrants saw as they sailed into Ellis Island. The sight of this
symbol of freedom gave them hope and inspiration that their life would be better in their new
country. Even today, people from all around the world see it as a powerful symbol of the American
democracy.
Question 33. The Statue of Liberty represents the ________ between the French and the Americans.
A. distance B. disagreements C. language D. intimacy
Question 34. What could replace the word “initial” in paragraph 2?
A. last B. first C. difficult D. wild
Question 35. The word “she” in paragraph 2 refers to________.
A. France B. the United States C. the woman D. the Statue of Liberty
Question 36. What was the problem that delayed the opening of the Statue of Liberty?
A. A war broke out between the French and the Americans.
B. The British offered to help build the statue.
C. France and the US didn’t have enough money.
D. The ambassador of the United States was visiting France.
Question 37. What is the last paragraph mainly about?
A. What the Statue of Liberty means to different people
B. What tourists will see when they go to visit the Statue of Liberty
C. The future plans for the Statue of Liberty
D. Why the Statue of Liberty was brought to the US
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions.
The Advancing Development of Artificial Limbs
It wasn’t very long ago that losing a limb automatically meant a drastic drop in the quality of a
person’s life. Thanks to the wonders of modem science, people now are recovering from all sorts of
horrendous injuries that let them disabled. The reason they are able to do so is remarkable advances
made in the field of artificial limbs.
Doctors have been creating prosthetic limbs for their patients dating back to ancient Greece.
For most of history, however, these replacements were mainly for cosmetic purposes. Pirates, knights,
foot soldiers that lost their limbs in battle would get them, so they wouldn’t lose face when returning
to society. It wasn’t until the mid-19,h century that doctors were able to perform surgeries to reliably
attach limbs to people’s bodies and amputate limbs without causing serious infection.
Modern artificial limbs represent a tremendous leap forward in terms of form and function. Today’s
limbs are far more durable and can withstand a lot more wear and tear. An amazing example of how
far artificial limbs have progressed is the Flex-Foot Cheetah. Made from carbon fiber, it is able to store
energy as the person moves, which enables the wearer to run and jump. The technology is so good
that approximately 90 percent of all Special Olympic amputees use them in competition.
Meanwhile, the Bebionic3 has emerged as the most advanced prosthetic arm available. It has
been nicknamed “The Terminator” because it is similar to Arnold Schwarzenegger’s mechanical limbs
in the famous blockbuster film. The Bebionic3 can perform a multitude of tasks including writing,

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 13
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
tying a shoelace, lifting heavy objects, and even pouring a beer. Wearers simply push a button on the
base of the arm and the Bebionic3 will work its magic.
In September 2013, scientists took another giant leap forward when they successfully fitted a
patient with an artificial leg that can be controlled by thought. Two of the patient’s nerves were
attached to his hamstring muscle. These nerves then interact with sensors inside the artificial leg.
Sensors will then transmit these messages to a computer which will follow through on his
instructions. Therefore, if the patient wants to stretch out his leg, the computer will understand this
command and send a message to the limb and instruct it to do so. If artificial limb technology keeps
advancing like this, losing a limb may not be such a big deal.
Question 38. What would happen when someone in the past needed to get an artificial limb?
A. They usually die very quickly.
B. They would need to get the limb replaced within months.
C. Their new limb would function better than the old one.
D. Their life wouldn’t be as good as before.
Question 39. What was the main reason that soldiers received artificial limbs?
A. So they can continue to fool the enemy. B. So other people wouldn’t think less of them.
C. To allow them to fight better than ever. D. To make them more likely to follow orders.
Question 40. Why did artificial limbs progress in the mid-19th century?
A. Doctors became better with surgery.
B. Artificial limbs were made from stronger materials.
C. Governments passed laws that made artificial limbs legal.
D. Patients are more likely to get artificial limbs.
Question 41. Which of the following best matches the meaning of the word “multitude” in paragraph 4?
A. courage B. limit C. variety D. single
Question 42. What is the last paragraph mainly about?
A. The cutting edge of advancement. B. An artificial limb to stop working.
C. A new technology that failed. D. A limb that will probably never work better.
Question 43. All of the following about modem artificial limbs are true EXCEPT that
A. they last for a longer period of time. B. they can supply energy by themselves.
C. they can lift heavy things by thought. D. they is used in competitions by the disabled.
Question 44. What can be inferred from the passage?
A. Doctors began performing surgery in the mid-19th century.
B. Artificial limbs were attached to patients a long time ago.
C. The Flex-Foot Cheetah can help ordinary athletes break records.
D. The Bebionic3 was used in the film “The Terminator” to make special effects.
Question 45. The word “it” in the last paragraph refers to________.
A. the computer B. the patient C. the leg D. the sensor
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to each of the following questions.
Question 46. My shoes need cleaning.
A. I need to clean my shoes. B. I have to clean my shoes.
C. Cleaning is needed for my shoes. D. I need to have my shoes cleaned.
Question 47. You ought to make up your mind now.
A. It is time you made up your mind. B. Making up your mind is necessary.
C. You should have made up your mind. D. It is possible to make up your mind.
Question 48. It is worthiness to ask John for help.
A. John is worthless to help. B. John is worth helping.
C. It is no use to ask John for help. D. It is no good asking John to help.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines
each pair of sentences in the following questions.
Question 49. You have just passed your exam. This makes your parents happy.
A. Having just passed your exam making your parents happy.
B. You have just passed your exam which it makes your parents happy.
C. You have just passed your exam makes your parents happy.
D. That you have just passed your exam makes your parents happy.
Question 50. Your handwriting is legible. The test scorer will accept your answer.
A. Providing with your legible handwriting, the test scorer will accept your answer.

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 14
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
B. Providing your handwriting is legible, the test scorer won’t accept your answer.
C. Provided that your handwriting is legible, the test scorer will accept your answer.
D. Provided for your legible handwriting, the test scorer won’t accept your answer.
________HẾ T________
TIẾT 15 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 07. TAG-QUESTIONS (CÂ U HỎ I ĐUÔ I)
I. Cấu trúc câu hỏi đuôi - Tag Question
S + V + O, trợ động từ + đại từ?
Công thức chung:
Trong đó: Đại từ: Lấ y chủ ngữ ở câ u đầ u đổ i thà nh đạ i từ .
Trợ động từ: Phụ thuộ c và o độ ng từ ở câ u trướ c.
Nếu câu trần thuật là thể khẳng định, thì câu hỏi đuôi sẽ là thể phủ định và ngược lại.
Ví dụ: Your mother likes reading newspaper, doesn’t she? (contracted form – viết tắ t)
Your father doesn’t like reading newspaper, does he?
Chú ý: Trong câu hỏ i đuô i chú ng ta luô n luô n dù ng các đại từ chủ ngữ (I, he, it, they,..) để đặt câu hỏ i.
Nếu là câ u hỏ i đuô i phủ định chú ng ta dù ng hình thứ c tỉnh lượ c giữ a “not” vớ i “to be” hoặ c
vớ i trợ độ ng từ (isn’t, don’t, doesn’t, haven’t, didn’t, can’t, won’t,…)
II. Một số trường hợp đặt biệt:
1. Đối với động từ to be "Am": Chú ng ta khô ng dù ng “am not I” mà phả i dù ng “aren’t I” cho câ u
hỏ i đuô i. Ví dụ : I am wrong, aren’t I?
2. Đối với động từ khuyết thiếu "Must": Vì “must” có nhiều cá ch dù ng nên tù y theo cá ch dù ng sẽ
có câ u hỏ i đuô i khá c nhau.
a. Khi “must” chỉ sự  cần thiết, ta dù ng “needn’t” cho câ u hỏ i đuô i.
Ví dụ : They must work hard, needn’t they? (Họ phả i là m việc tích cự c hơn, đú ng khô ng?)
b. Khi “must” chỉ sự  cấm đoán/ mệnh lệnh, ta dù ng must cho câ u hỏ i đuô i.
Ví dụ : You mustn’t come late, must you? (Anh khô ng đượ c đến trễ, nghe chưa?)
c. Khi “must” chỉ sự suy luận ở hiệ n tại, ta dự a và o độ ng từ theo sau “must” để chọ n độ ng từ cho
thích hợ p. Ví dụ : She must be a very kind woman, isn’t she?
d. Khi “must” chỉ sự suy đoán ở quá khứ (trong cô ng thứ c “must + have + V3/ed), ta dù ng
have/has cho câ u hỏ i đuô i. Ví dụ : You must have stolen my wallet, haven’t you?
3. Đối với động từ "Have to": Vớ i độ ng từ “have/ has/ had to” thì ta dù ng trợ độ ng từ “do/ does/
did” cho câ u hỏ i đuô i. Ví dụ : She has to go home, doesn’t she? (Có phả i cô cấ y cầ n về nhà ?)
4. Đối với động từ "Let": Khi “Let” đặ t đầ u câ u, că n cứ và o ý nghĩa mà “let” truyền tả i trong câ u để
chọ n độ ng từ phù hợ p.
a. “Let’s” trong câu gợi ý, rủ rê ai là m việc gì đó cù ng mình thì ta dù ng “shall we?” cho câ u hỏ i
đuô i.
Ví dụ : Let’s go, shall we? (Ta đi thô i, phả i khô ng nà o?) let’s = let us
b. “Let” trong câu xin phép (let us/let me) thì ta dù ng “will you?” cho câ u hỏ i đuô i.
Ví dụ : Let us use the telephone, will you? (Cho bọ n mình sử dụ ng điện thoạ i, đượ c khô ng?)
c. "Let" trong [câu đề nghị] giú p ngườ i khá c (let me), dù ng "may I?" xin phép
Ví dụ : Let me help you do it, may I? (Để mình giú p cậ u là m, đượ c chứ ?)
5. Đối với câu mệnh lệnh: Câ u mệnh lệnh đượ c dù ng để diễn đạ t ý muố n ai đó nghe theo lờ i
khuyên củ a mình.
a. Diễn tả lờ i mờ i thì ta dù ng “won't you” cho câ u hỏ i đuô i.
Ví dụ : Drink some coffee, won’t you? (Mờ i bạ n uố ng chú t cà phê nhé?)
b. Diễn tả  sự nhờ vả thì ta dù ng “will you” cho câ u hỏ i đuô i. Hứ a/thề
Ví dụ : Take it away now, will you? (Vứ t dù m mình nhé?) hứ a
c. Diễn tả  sự ra lệnh thì ta dù ng “can/ could/ would you” cho câ u hỏ i đuô i.
Ví dụ : Go out, can’t you? (Ra ngoà i dù m tô i?)
d. Đố i vớ i câ u mệnh lệnh phủ định chỉ đượ c dù ng “will you” cho câ u hỏ i đuô i.
Ví dụ : Don’t marry her, will you? (Con sẽ khô ng cướ i con bé đó chứ ?)
6. Đố i vớ i câ u có đạ i từ bấ t định chỉ ngườ i: Khi chủ ngữ củ a câ u là nhữ ng đạ i từ bấ t định chỉ ngườ i
như: anyone, anybody, no one, nobody, none, everybody, everyone, somebody, someone,
these, those thì chú ng ta dù ng đạ i từ “they” là m chủ từ trong câ u hỏ i đuô i.

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 15
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
7. Đố i vớ i câ u có đạ i từ bấ t định chỉ vậ t: Khi chủ ngữ củ a câ u là nhữ ng đạ i từ bấ t định chỉ vậ t
như: nothing, something, everything, this, that thì chú ng ta dù ng đạ i từ “it” là m chủ từ trong
câ u hỏ i đuô i. Ví dụ : Everything is okay, isn’t it? (Mọ i thứ đều tố t đẹp phả i khô ng?)
8. Đố i vớ i câ u có chủ ngữ mang tính chấ t phủ định: Nhữ ng câ u trầ n thuậ t có chứ a cá c từ
như: Neither, none, no one, nobody, nothing, scarcely, barely, hardly, hardly ever,
seldom thì phầ n câ u hỏ i đuô i sẽ ở thể khẳ ng định.
Ví dụ : Peter hardly ever goes to parties, does he?
9. Đố i vớ i câ u cả m thá n: Khi mệ nh đề chính là mộ t câ u cả m thá n, ta lấ y danh từ trong câ u đổ i
thà nh đạ i từ , đồ ng thờ i dù ng độ ng từ là : is, are, am.
Ví dụ : What a beautiful day, isn’t it? (Mộ t ngà y thậ t đẹp, đú ng khô ng?)
10. Đố i vớ i câ u có chủ ngữ là "One": Khi chủ ngữ chính trong mệ nh đề chính là “one”, ở câ u hỏ i
đuô i dù ng “you” hoặ c “one”.
Ví dụ : One can be one’s master, can’t one/you? (Mỗ i ngườ i đều có thể kiểm soá t bả n thâ n, đú ng
khô ng?)
11. Đối với câu có "used to" (đã từ ng): Khi câ u đầ u sử dụ ng độ ng từ “used to” để diễn tả thó i
quen, hà nh độ ng thườ ng lặ p đi lặ p lạ i trong quá khứ , ta xem “used to” là mộ t độ ng từ chia ở thì
quá khứ . Do đó câ u hỏ i đuô i tương ứ ng chỉ cầ n mượ n trợ độ ng từ “did”.
Ví dụ : She used to live here, didn’t she? (Cô ta đã từ ng số ng ở đâ y, đú ng khô ng?)
12. Đối với câu có "Had better": Khi cầ u đầ u sử dụ ng độ ng từ “had better”, ta mượ n trợ độ ng từ
“had” để lậ p câ u hỏ i đuô i.
Ví dụ : He had better stay, hadn’t he? (Anh ta tố t hơn là nên ở nhà , đú ng khô ng?)
13. Đối với câu có "Would rather": Khi cầ u đầ u sử dụ ng độ ng từ “would rather”, ta mượ n trợ
độ ng từ “would” để lậ p câ u hỏ i đuô i.
Ví dụ : You would rather go, wouldn’t you? (Bạ n muố n đi phả i khô ng?)
14. Đối với cấu trúc "I think": Khi mệ nh đề chính có cấ u trú c:
I + think/ believe/ suppose/ figure/ assume/ fancy/ imagine/ expect/ see/ + mệnh đề phụ
Ta dù ng độ ng từ trong mệ nh đề phụ để xá c định độ ng từ cho câ u hỏ i đuô i.
Ví dụ : I don’t think he will not come here, will he? (Tô i nghĩ anh ấ y sẽ đến đâ y, đú ng khô ng?)
Lưu ý: Dù “not” nằ m ở mệ nh đề chính, nhưng tính chấ t phủ định có ả nh hưở ng đến cả câ u nên vẫ n
tính như ở mệ nh đề phụ .
Ví dụ : I don’t believe Mary can do it, can she? (Tô i khô ng tin Mary có thể là m điều đó , đú ng
khô ng?)
15. Đối với câ u điều ướ c Wish: Khi mệ nh đề chính dù ng “wish”, ta dù ng “may” cho câ u hỏ i đuô i.
Ví dụ : I wish to meet the doctor, may I? (Tô i muố n đượ c gặ p bá c sĩ, đượ c chứ ?)
16. Đối với mệnh đề danh từ: Khi chủ ngữ là mộ t mệ nh đề danh từ , ta dù ng “it” cho câ u hỏ i đuô i.
Ví dụ : What you have said is wrong, isn’t it? (Điều bạ n nó i là sai, đú ng khô ng?)
All you need is a full apology, isn’t it?
Mệnh đề danh từ What/Whatever/That/All S V V
17. Đối với chủ ngữ this/ that: This/ that đượ c thay bằ ng it cho câ u hỏ i đuô i.
Ví dụ : This is your wife, isn’t it? (Đâ y là vợ bạ n phả i khô ng?)

TIẾT 16 Ngày dạy………../………../2020


CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 07. TAG-QUESTIONS (CÂ U HỎ I ĐUÔ I)
Question 01. Michael rarely returns to his hometown, ________?
A. doesn’t he B. hasn’t he C. does he D. has he
Question 02. Jenny’s always wanted to get to the top of her career, _________?
A. isn’t she B. hasn’t her C. has she D. hasn’t she
Question 03. Let’s go to the library, __________?
A. would we B. will we C. should we D. shall we
Question 04. Your brother hardly talks to anyone, _________?
A. does he B. is he C. doesn't he D. isn't he
Question 05. Mr. Pike would scarcely keep track of his business by cell phone when he was in his
one- month traveling, ___________?
A. wouldn’t he B. didn’t he C. would he D. did he
Question 06. He rarely goes fishing, __________?
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 16
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
A. doesn't he B. is he C. does he D. isn't he
Question 07. Everybody is tired of watching the same commercials on TV every night, ________?
A. are they B. aren’t they C. haven’t they D. don’t they
Question 08. Nobody answered the door, __________?
A. weren’t they B. did they C. were they D. didn’t they
Question 09. Hardly any of the paintings at the gallery were for sale, _________?
A. was it B. wasn't it C. weren't they D. were they
Question 10. Michael rarely returns to his hometown, _________?
A. doesn't he B. hasn't he C. does he D. has he
Question 11. This won't take long, _________?
A. will it B. won't it C. won't this D. will this
Question 12. She doesn't believe you, _________?
A. doesn't she B. does she C. is she D. isn’t she
Question 13. It didn't matter very much, _________?
A. did it B. didn't it C. didn't this D. did this
Question 14. He shouldn't put so much salt in it, _________?
A. doesn't he B. shouldn't he C. should he D. does he
Question 15. Mary couldn't leave the children alone, _________?
A. doesn't she B. could she C. does she D. couldn’t she
Question 16. You aren't doing anything tonight, _________?
A. don't you B. are you C. aren’t you D. do you
Question 17. You wouldn't mind helping me with this, _________?
A. wouldn't you B. would you C. are you D. don’t you
Question 18. George hadn't been there before, _________?
A. hasn't he B. hadn't he C. had he D. does he
Question 19. The children weren't surprised, _________?
A. were they B. weren't they C. did they D. didn’t they
Question 20. You wouldn't like another drink, _________?
A. wouldn't you B. would you C. are you D. don’t you
TIẾT 17 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 08. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS (ĐẠ I TỪ BẤ T ĐỊNH)
1. Nhó m chỉ ngườ i: someone, somebody, anyone, anybody, everyone, everybody, no one, nobody.
e.g. Someone has changed the timetable.
Everybody is ready.
2. Nhó m chỉ vậ t: something, anything, everything, nothing.
e.g. There’s something in the bag.
He has nothing to show us.
3. Nhó m: someone, somebody, something đượ c dù ng trong câ u khả ng định, lờ i mờ i, đề nghị.
e.g. There’s something in the bag.
There’s someone in the room.
4. Nhó m: anyone, anybody, anything đượ c dù ng trong câ u phủ định, và ngi vấ n.
e.g. There isn’t anything in the bag.
There isn’t anyone in the room.
5. Nhó m: no one = not anyone, nobody = not anybody, nothing = not anything.
e.g. There isn’t anything in the bag. = There is nothing in the bag.
There isn’t anyone in the room. = There is no one in the room.
6. Nhó m: everyone, everybody, everything đượ c dù ng như cá c đạ i từ nhâ n xưng ngô i thứ 3 số ít.
e.g. She has got everything here.
Everybody is ready.
7. Cá c đạ i từ bấ t định chỉ mang định tính mà khô ng định lượ ng nên dù ng như cá c danh từ hoặ c đạ i
từ ngô i thứ 3 số ít.
e.g. There’s something new he wants to tell us.
Everybody seems nervous.
TIẾT 18 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 17
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 08. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS (ĐẠ I TỪ BẤ T ĐỊNH)
Question 01. I do__________ wrong, so I don’t fear the law.
A. nothing B. none C. everything D. someone
Question 02. You can’t think about__________ now. It is too late to solve the problem.
A. something B. nothing C. nobody D. anything
Question 03. I think we should let him do it alone. He will arrange__________ in order quickly.
A. something B. everything C. nobody D. anything
Question 04. __________ changes her decision now. She has been determined to do it.
A. Nothing B. Everything C. Nobody D. Anything
Question 05. Can you answer the phone? _________ is calling.
A. Everybody B. No one C. Someone D. Nobody
Question 06. Did you win_________ important last year?
A. anything B. nothing C. nobody D. anywhere
Question 07. As soon as I walked in, I noticed that_________ was missing.
A. anyone B. nowhere C. anybody D. something
Question 08. They had difficulties finding_________ to live.
A. nobody B. somewhere C. anywhere D. everybody
Question 09. There was_________ inside. The building was empty.
A. everybody B. somebody C. nobody D. body
Question 10. He claimed that he did__________ wrong.
A. nothing B. nobody C. anyone D. anywhere
Question 11. The Turkish manager hasn't got_________ to say about the teams' terrible
performance.
A. anything B. everything C. nothing D. somebody
Question 12. We have got_________ new to play our matches. It is a big park near the town centre.
A. anywhere B. somewhere C. somebody D. nothing
Question 13. _________ happened to Liverpool last season. They played really badly.
A. Something B. Somebody C. Everyone D. Someone
Question 14. I couldn't find a post office_________.
A. everyone B. somewhere C. somebody D. anywhere
Question 15. Don't tell__________ lies to me; you cannot deceive me any longer.
A. some B. no C. none D. any
Question 16. She didn't have__________ mistakes in her paper.
A. some B. any C. no D. no one
Question 17. Are there__________ books for me today? No, there are not__________ books for you
today.
A. any/ any B. some/ some C. any/ some D. anyone/ some
Question 18. "Have you seen my radio?" - "No, I haven't seen it__________."
A. where B. nowhere C. everywhere D. anywhere
Question 19. He couldn't find__________ wrong with the food.
A. some B. nothing C. anything D. every
Question 20. The room is empty. There is__________ in it.
A. anybody B. somebody C. nobody D. anything
TIẾT 19 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 09. GERUNDS & INFINITIVES (THỨ C CỦ A ĐỘ NG TỪ )
1. Direct objects: Follow these certain verbs - Cá c danh độ ng từ và cụ m danh độ ng từ thự c hiện
chứ c nă ng là m tâ n ngữ trự c tiếp cho cá c độ ng từ theo mẫ u câ u:
S – V – V+ing.
1. admit 6. continue 11. finish 16 love 21. practice 26. report
.
2. appreciate 7. delay 12. hate 17 mention 22. prefer 27. resent
.
3. avoid 8. deny 13. keep 18 mind 23. quit 28. resume
.

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 18
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
4. begin 9. enjoy 14. like 19 miss 24. recall 29. risk
.
5. consider 10. escape 15. enjoy 20 postpone 25. recollect 30. resist
.
31. suggest
e.g. He admitted having stolen the car. (admit what?)
We finished working on our projects months ago. (finish what?)
4.2. Verb preposition: Cá c danh độ ng từ và cụ m danh độ ng từ thự c hiện chứ c nă ng là m tâ n ngữ
cho cá c độ ng từ giớ i từ dướ i đâ y theo mẫ u câ u: S – V – pre – V+ing.

1. apologize for 8. count on 15. go back to 22 mean by 29. return to


.
2. approve of 9. depend on 16. hesitate about 23 object to 30. safe from
.
3. believe in 10. dream of 17. insist on 24 persist in 31. succeed in
.
4. care for 11. end in 18. keep on 25 plan on 32. take to
.
5. complain of 12. forget about 19. lead to 26 put off 33. think about
.
6. confess to 13. get to 20. long for 27 rely on 34. think of
.
7. consist of 14. give up 21. look forward 28 result in 35. threaten with
to .
36. worry about
e.g.He apologized to me for having broken the vase.
She complained of not having been informed about the meeting.
3. Adjective preposition: Cá c danh độ ng từ và cụ m danh độ ng từ thự c hiện chứ c nă ng là m tâ n
ngữ cho cá c cụ m tính từ giớ i từ dướ i đâ y theo mẫ u câ u: S – be – adj – pre – V+ing.
1. absorbed in16 clever at 31. good at 46. slow in
.
2. accustomed to 17 conscious of 32. grateful for 47. sorry for
.
3. afraid of 18 content with 33. happy in (at) 48. successful in
. (at)
4. amused at 19 delighted at 34. incapable of 49. sure of
.
5. angry with 20 different from 35. interested in 50. surprised at
.
6. annoy at 21 embarrassed at 36. keen on 51. thankful for
.
7. ashamed of 22 excited about 37. nice about 52. tired of
.
8. aware of 23 far from 38. pleased at 53. unaware of
.
9. bored with 24 fed up with 39. proud of 54. unconscious of
.
10. busy with 25 fond of 40. responsible for 55. upset at
.
11. capable of 26 fortunate in 41. right in 56. worried about
.
12. careful about 27 free from 42. scared at (of) 57. wrong in
.
13. careful in 28 frightened of 43. set on
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 19
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
.
14. careless of 29 furious at 44. sick of
.
15. certain about 30 given to 45. skilled in (at)
.
e.g. The little boy was absorbed in playing video games.
The police are careful in investigating the case.
4. Idiom phrases: (phrases of words that have literal meanings) : Cá c danh độ ng từ và cụ m
danh độ ng từ theo sau cá c ngữ cố định sau:
 can’t (couldn’t) bear e.g. He can’t bear staying at home all day.
 can’t (couldn’t)face e.g. The lady can’t face meeting her ex-husband very often.
 can’t (couldn’t) stand e.g. I can’t stand seeing him in this situation.
 can’t (couldn’t) help e.g. We couldn’t help weeping when we reunited yesterday.
 feel like…. e.g. I felt like going out right after he enters.
 It’s no use... e.g. It’s no use explaining to such a mischievous boy.
 It’s (not) worth… e.g. It’s not worth buying a second hand phone like that.
 There’s no (little) point in… e.g. There’s no point in quarreling as we have another ways.
5. Adjectives: Cá c danh độ ng từ và cụ m danh độ ng từ theo sau cá c tính từ sau:
1. amusing 3. difficult 5. great 7. lovel 9. off 11. strange
y
2. comfortable 4. easy 6. hopeless 8. nice 10. pleasant 12. useless
13. wonderful
e.g. It’s amusing spending time with you here.
6. Noun preposition: Các danh độ ng từ và cụ m danh độ ng từ theo sau các cụ m danh từ giớ i từ sau:
1. choice of 3. intention of 5. possibility of
2. excuse for 4. method for 6. reason for
e.g. He has a choice of studying abroad.
4.7. Complement of objects: Follow these below verbs - Cá c danh độ ng từ và cụ m danh độ ng từ
theo sau cá c tâ n ngữ củ a cá c độ ng từ sau: S V O V-ing.

1 call 5 find 9. keep 13 send


. . .
2 catch 6 get 10 leave 14 set
. . . .
3 discove 7 hear 11 notic 15 stop
. r . . e .
4 feel 8 imagin 12 see 16 watc
. . e . . h
e.g. He catches the boy climbing over the wall. They saw an old man crossing the street.

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 20
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
TIẾT 20 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 09. GERUNDS & INFINITIVES (THỨ C CỦ A ĐỘ NG TỪ )
Question 01. I remembered__________ up in that house with my brothers and sisters.
  A. to grow                       B. to growing            C. grow       D. growing
Question 02. They are going to__________ the pool to 1.8 meter.
A. deep B. depth C. deepen D. deeply
Question 03. Is it possible for us to__________ to the cinema without him?
A. reach B. come C. arrive D. go
Question 04. I want you to__________ your best clothes tonight for the party.
A. wore B. dress C. put on D. hung up.
Question 05. She encouraged__________ the job.
A. to take the job B. Frank to take C. to Frank to take D. that Frank takes
Question 06. I__________ you can swim so well and I can’t.
A. hate B. hate it that C. hate that D. hate it
Question 07. Michael made me__________ him next week.
A. to promise to call B. to promise calling C. promise to call D. promise calling
Question 08. We watched the cat__________ the tree.
A. climbed B. climb C. had climbed D. was climbing
Question 09. I wish you__________ stop interrupting me whenever I speak
A. will B. would C. did D. might
Question 10. I expect__________ a postcard from my father in England today.
A. being received B. to receive C. receiving D. to be receiving
Question 11. The child was told to__________ for being rude to his uncle.
A. excuse B. apologize C. forgive D. confess
Question 12. If you want your son to do better on his exams, I suggest he__________ harder.
A. will study B. studies C. will study D. study
Question 13. Most children enjoy__________ with their parents and siblings.
A. play B. to play C. playing D. played
Question 14. She admitted__________ by several hundred dollars, but in return, she won the lawsuit.
A. to disadvantage B. disadvantaging C. to be disadvantage D. being disadvantaged
Question 15. Have you ever considered__________ to study in a foreign country?
A. going B. to go C. to be going D. having gone
Question 16. He promised__________ his daughter a new bicycle as a birthday present.
A. to buying B. buying C. buy D. to buy
Question 17. My husband wants me__________ this letter before afternoon.
A. post B. to post C. posting D. posts
Question 18. I remember__________ him tomorrow. It will be a big sum of money I’ve been saving so far.
A. paying B. to pay C. paid D. to be paid
Question 19. Ann pretended__________ me as he passed me in the street.
A. not seeing B. not to seen C. not see D. not to see
Question 20. I hope__________ the job but I wasn’t.
A. to be offered B. to offer C. to have offered D. to have been offered
TIẾT 21 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 10. COMMUNICATION EXCHANGES (CÂ U GIAO TIẾ P)
1. Requests or asking for help: Đề nghị sự giú p đỡ ta sử dụ ng cá c mẫ u câ u kèm cá c hình thứ c
đá p lờ i khả ng định hoặ c phủ định như sau:
Requests Agreements Disagreements
Đề nghị Trả lờ i đồ ng ý Khô ng đồ ng ý
- V….., please. - Certainly I'm sorry. (I'm busy )
- Can you V…..? - Of course I'm afraid I can't.
- Could you V…..? - Sure I'm afraid I couldn't
- Would you please V…..? - No problem
- Will you V…..?. - What can I do for you?
- I wonder if you'd V…. - How can I help you?

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 21
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
- I wonder if you could V…
- Would you mind – V-ing…? - No I don't mind. - I'm sorry, I can't.
- Do you mind - V-ing….? - No, of course not.
- Not at all.

2. Offer to help: Ngỏ ý giú p đỡ


Offers Agreements Disagreements
Đề nghị Trả lờ i đồ ng ý Khô ng đồ ng ý
-Shall I – V…..? - Yes, thank you - No. Thank you
- Would you like me to V...? - That's very kind of you. - No, thank you. I can manage.
- Do you want me to V...? - Yes, please. - No, there's no need. But
- What can I do for you? - Oh, would you really? - thanks all the same.
- May I help you? Thanks a lot. - Well, that's very kind of you,
- Do you need any help? but I think I can manage,
- Let me help you. thanks.
- Can I help you?
3. Asking for permissions:
Asking ways Agreements Disagreements
Cá ch hỏ i Trả lờ i đồ ng ý Khô ng đồ ng ý
- May I – V ....? - Certainly.
- Can I – V.....? - Of course.
- Could I – V.....? - Please do.
(May I go out?) - Please go ahead - I'd rather you didn't
- Do you think I could – V...? - Yes, by all means. - I'd prefer You didn't
-I wonder if I could – V... - No, I'm afraid you can't
-Is it all right if I – V...? - I'm sorry, but you can't.
- Would you mind if I V-ed? - No, of course not.
(Would you mind if I smoked?) - Not at all.
- Do you mind if I – V….? - Please do
(Do you mind if I smoke?) - Please go ahead
4. Suggestions: Gợ i ý hoặ c rủ ai đó là m gì
Suggestions Agreements Disagreements
Gợ i ý Trả lờ i đồ ng ý Khô ng đồ ng ý
1. Shall I/ we – V...? 1. Yes, I think that's a
2. Let's – V... . good idea.
3. Why don't I/ we – V...? 2. That's probably the
4. How about – V-ing...? best option.
5. What about – V-ing...? 3. Sure, why not?
6. I think we should – V... . 4. Yes, definitely. No, let's not.
7. I suggest that we – V... . 5. By all means.
8. It might be a good idea if we/ you – V... . 6. Good idea
9. I think the best way of dealing with this
situation would be to – V... .
10. If you ask me, I think we/ you should/
could – V... .

5. Thanking: Tỏ ý cả m ơn, nó i cả m ơn
Thanking Responses
Cả m ơn Trả lờ i
- Thank you. - You're welcome.
- Thank you very much. - That's all right.
- Thanks a lot. - Not at all.
- Thanks a lot for .... - It's my pleasure

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 22
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
6. Request for a repeat: Yêu cầ u nhắ c lạ i điều gì
- Pardon? (Cá ch nà y thô ng dụ ng trong tiếng Anh – Mỹ) - Please say that again.
- Yes? (Cá ch nà y thô ng dụ ng trong tiếng Anh – Anh) - Could you repeat that?
7. Invitations, offers: Cho, mờ i
a) Invite something: Mờ i thứ gì đó - Would you like – something?
e.g. A: Would you like a cup of tea? B: - Yes, please. (or - No, thanks.)
 b) Invite to somewhere: Mờ i đi đâ u đó - Would you like + to inf.?
e.g. Would you like to go to the cinema with me?  (mờ i bạ n đi xem phim vớ i tô i)
Would you like to go to the party?  (mờ i bạ n đi dự tiệc)
8. Warnings: Cả nh bá o Don't move! Mind you head! Watch out!
Look out! Be careful! Take care!
TIẾT 22 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 10. COMMUNICATION EXCHANGES (CÂ U GIAO TIẾ P)
Question 01. –Marcelo: "Reese, make us some tea, would you?" - Reese: "_____________."
A. Go on. Make yourself at home B. No, I won't, I'm afraid
C. Sorry, I am not D. I'm afraid I can't
Question 02. - Esme: "Do you have a minute?" - Kailyn: "_____________."
A. Well, that makes sense B. Yes, but please be brief
C. That's just great. Thanks D. Sorry, I left my watch home
Question 03. Alex: “Let me bring something to your party tonight, won’t you?” Ian: “_____________”
A. Sorry I’ve already had plan for tonight. B. In my opinion, you are correct.
C. That really surprises me. D. It’s enough just to have you come.
Question 04. Maria: “You know what? My boss has promised to promote me” Frank: “__________”
A. It’s a pleasure B. Are you really? C. Congratulations D. I am grateful
Question 05. Long is looking at Linh’s mark 10 in her paper and said to her.
Long: “________________” Linh: “Thank you. That’s a nice compliment.”
A. If only I had such a good mark B. No matter how good the mark is!
C. You are so skilful! D. What a mark 10!
Question 06. Hoa is asking Hai, who is sitting at a corner of the room, seeming too shy.
Hoa: “Why aren’t you taking part in our activities? _____________” Hai: “Yes. I can. Certainly.”
A. Can I help you? B. Shall I take your hat off?
C. Could you please show me how to get to the nearest post office?
D. Can you help me with these decorations?
Question 07. Mary invited her friend, Sarah, to have dinner out that night and Sarah accepted.
Mary: “Shall we eat out tonight?” Sarah: “______________.”
A. That’s a great idea B. That’s acceptable
C. You are welcome D. It’s kind of you to invite
Question 08. Jack: "Hello, I'd like to speak to Mr. Green, please." Bill: “___________________”
A. I'm afraid I don't know. B. I'm sorry. I'll call again later.
C. Sorry. Can you take a message? D. Sure, I'll put you through.
Question 09. - Linda: “I like to work part-time for a non-profit organization this summer.”
- Bob: “_____________________.”
A. Me too. I'm thinking of applying for 'Hope'. B. I do, but I don't have enough time for studying.
C. That's great. You have been coming of age. D. Is that all? How about using time wisely?
Question 10. - Phúc: “I am offered the job at Vietravel.” - Thomas: “_______________.”
A. Good Heavens! B. Congratulations!
C. Good luck! D. Never mind, better luck next time!
Question 11. - Nam: "I have a terrible headache." - Huong: "____________________"
A. Not bad. I'm going to the doctor's. B. Not very well. Thanks
C. Maybe you should take a rest. D. Maybe I'm not going to the doctor's.
Question 12. Lan: "In my opinion, we should use visual aids to make our presentation more
effective”
- Huong: "____________________."
A. Suit yourself B. I think we need practice more

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 23
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
C. Don't mention it D. There's no doubt about it
Question 13. A man is talking to Alex when he is on holiday in Paris.
The man: “You haven’t lived here long, have you?” Alex: “_______________”.
A. Yes, just a few days B. No, I live here for a long time
C. No, only three months D. Yes, I have just moved here
Question 14. Michael is going to have a birthday party and he would like to invite Mary to his
party.
Michael: “I'm having some friends over for my birthday party this Saturday evening.
Would you like to join us?” Mary: “_______________”
A. Can I take a rain check? B. Come on. It's your turn.
C. Thanks, but I mustn’t. D. As a matter of fact, I do.
Question 15. Two friends are talking about the plan for tonight.
Minh: “_________________.” Hoa: “I’d love to. Thank you.”  
A. Would you like to go to the new coffee shop with me?
B. What would you do if you can afford a new car?
C. Would you like a cake?
D. Why do you spend so much time playing games?
Question 16. Helen: “Congratulations!” Jane: “______________.”
A. What a pity B. Thank you C. I’m sorry D. You are welcome
Question 17. Alice: “What shall we do this evening?” Carol: “____________________.”
A. Let’s go out for dinner B. No problem C. Thank you D. Not at all
Question 18. Mark: “I’m sorry. It’s late. I must go now.” Mary: “__________________.”
A. You are welcome B. Good bye. See you soon
C. Not at all D. Hello
Question 19. Mary: “Whose bike is that?” Tom:”_________________________.”
A. No, It’s over there B. It’s Jane C. It’s just outside D. It’s Jane’s
Question 20. Peter: “How do you go to school?” Mary: “_____________________.”
A. I go there early B. Every day, Except Sunday
C. I don’t think so D. I go there by bus
TIẾT 23 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 11. ADVERBIVAL PHRASES & CLAUSES (MỆ NH ĐỀ TRẠ NG NGỮ )
1. When: “When” đượ c dù ng vớ i ý nghĩa “lú c ấ y, thờ i điểm ấ y”. “When” cũ ng đượ c dù ng vớ i nhiều
thì ngữ phá p khá c nhau trong mệnh đề thờ i gian, có thể là quá khứ đơn, quá khứ tiếp diễn, lẫ n
hiện tạ i đơn. Cụ thể như cá c ví dụ minh họ a sau: e.g. He was talking on the phone when I arrived.
2. Before: “Before” đượ c dù ng vớ i ý nghĩa “trướ c lú c ấ y, trướ c thờ i điểm ấ y”. “Before” cũ ng đượ c
dù ng vớ i nhiều thì ngữ phá p khá c nhau trong mệnh đề thờ i gian, có thể là quá khứ đơn, lẫ n hiện
tạ i đơn. Cụ thể như cá c ví dụ minh họ a sau: e.g. We will finish before he arrives.
3. After: “After” đượ c dù ng vớ i ý nghĩa “sau lú c ấ y, sau thờ i điểm ấ y”. “After” cũ ng đượ c dù ng vớ i
nhiều thì ngữ phá p khá c nhau trong mệnh đề thờ i gian, có thể là quá khứ đơn, quá khứ hoà n
thà nh. Cụ thể như cá c ví dụ minh họ a sau: e.g. We will finish after he comes.
4. While, as: “While/ As” đượ c dù ng vớ i ý nghĩa “trong lú c, trong khoả ng thờ i gia”. “While/ As”
đượ c dù ng vớ i thì quá khứ tiếp diễn trong mệnh đề thờ i gian, dù ng để diễn tả sự diễn tiến củ a
hà nh độ ng. Cụ thể như cá c ví dụ minh họ a sau: e.g. She began cooking while I was finishing my
homework.
5. By the time: “By the time” dù ng để diễn đạ t mộ t hà nh độ ng, sự kiện đã hoà n tấ t trướ c mộ t sự
kiện khá c, hà nh độ ng khá c. “By the time” dù ng vớ i mệnh đề thờ i gian ở quá khứ (mệnh đề chính ở
quá khứ hoà n thà nh) diễn tả mộ t sự kiện trong quá khứ , tuy nhiên “by the time” sẽ diễn tả tương
lai khi mệnh đề thờ i gian vớ i “by the time” chia ở hiện tạ i (mệnh đề chính chia ở tương lai).
e.g. By the time he finished, I had cooked dinner.
6. Until, till: “Until/ Till” đượ c dù ng để diễn đạ t ý nghĩa “đến thờ i gian đó , đến thờ i điểm đó ”.
“Until/ Till” cũ ng đượ c dù ng vớ i nhiều thì ngữ phá p khá c nhau trong mệnh đề thờ i gian, có thể là
quá khứ đơn, quá khứ hoà n thà nh. “Till” đượ c dù ng trong ngô n ngữ nó i nhiều hơn. Cụ thể như cá c
ví dụ minh họ a sau: e.g. We waited until he finished his homework.

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 24
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
7. Since: “Since” nghĩa là “kể từ thờ i điểm đó ”, hoặ c dù ng vớ i cá c mố c thờ i gian. “Since” đượ c dù ng
vớ i cá c dạ ng hoà n thà nh. Cụ thể minh họ a qua cá c ví dụ sau:
e.g. I have learned English since I was a young boy. They have worked here since 1987.
8. As soon as/ Once: “As soon as” diễn tả sự việc diễn ra ngay sau đó có mộ t sự kiện, hà nh độ ng
khá c tiếp nố i, nó có ý nghĩa tương đố i giố ng vớ i”when”, hay “once”. Mệnh đề thờ i gian vớ i “as soon
as” đượ c chi ở hiện tạ i để diễn tả tương lai.
e.g. He will let us know as soon as he decides (or as soon as he has decided).
9. NOTE: No sooner … than … hay hardly/scarcely/barely …when... đượ c dù ng vớ i ý nghĩa như
“as soon as”, nhưng mệnh đề sẽ phả i đả o ngữ khi No sooner … than … hay hardly/ scarcely/
barely …when... đượ c đặ t ở đầ u mệnh đề. Ví dụ minh họ a như dướ i đâ y:
e.g. As soon as I entered the room, I noticed her. Hardly had I entered the room when I noticed
her.
10. “Whenever” và “every time” đượ c dù ng vớ i yas nghĩa “khi/ mỗ i khi”, thì hiện tạ i thườ ng hay
quá khứ thườ ng đượ c dù ng trong mệnh đề chỉ thờ i gian vớ i “whenever” hay “every time” để diễn
đạ t mộ t hà nh độ ng mang tính thó i quen hay lặ p lạ i. Ví dụ :
e.g. Whenever he comes, we go to have lunch at Dick’s. We take a hike every time he visits.
11. The first, second, third, fourth etc., next, last time: Cá c cụ m từ trên dù ng để diễn đạt “thờ i
điểm cụ thể xá c định”.
e.g. The first time I went to New York, I was intimidated by the city.
12. Punctuation: Ta dù ng dấ u phẩ y “,” để tá ch mệnh đề trạ ng ngữ chỉ thờ i gian vớ i mệnh đề chính
khi mệnh đề chỉ thờ i gian đượ c đặ t ở đầ u câ u, và bỏ dấ u “,” trong trườ ng hợ p ngượ c lạ i.
- When an adverb clause begins the sentence use a comma to separate the two clauses.
e.g. As soon as he arrives, we will have some lunch.
When we came, they were playing cards. While he was walking in the park, he met Anh.
TIẾT 24 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 11. ADVERBIVAL PHRASES & CLAUSES (MỆ NH ĐỀ TRẠ NG NGỮ )
Question 01. My mother is washing the dishes__________ my father is watching television.
A. when B. while C. as D. since
Question 02. __________, I will give him the report.
A. When he will return B. When he returns C. Until he will return D. No sooner he returns
Question 03. __________ the firemen arrived to help, we had already put out the fire.
A. Until B. No sooner C. By the time D. After
Question 04. I have earned my own living__________ I was seven.
A. since B. when C. while D. as soon as
Question 05. We saw many beautiful birds__________ in the lake.
A. while fishing B. while fished C. fishing D. when we are fishing
Question 06. __________, Peter came to see me.
A. While having dinner B. While I was having dinner
C. When having dinner D. When lam having dinner
Question 07. __________ my homework, I went to bed.
A. After finished B. Finished C. After had finished D. After I had finished
Question 08. __________ the dance, Jerry said good-bye to his girlfriend.
A. Before left B. Before he leaves C. Before leaving D. Before he will leave
Question 09. __________, Joe stays in bed and reads magazines.
A. Whenever raining B. As it will be raining C. When it will rain D. Whenever it rains
Question 10. __________ in Rome than he was kidnapped.
A. No sooner he arrived B. Had he no sooner arrived
C. No sooner had he arrived D. No sooner he had arrived
Question 11. __________ Peter gets here, we will congratulate him.
A. As soon as B. After C. No sooner D. Since
Question 12. __________ you finish typing that report make five copies of it and give it to aloof the
officers.
A. While B. When C. But D. Although
Question 13. He cleaned his shoes__________ they shone.

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 25
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
A. when B. after C. while D. until
Question 14. After Mariana__________ her exam, I__________ her out to eat.
A. was finishing / would take B. finished / had taken
C. will finish / have taken D. has finished / will take
Question 15. When the passenger__________, will you please give him this package?
A. will arrive B. arrives C. would arrives D. arriving
Question 16. We’ll send you a postcard__________ we arrive at the destination.
A. as if B. although C. as soon as D. unless
Question 17. Mrs. Pike__________ the door before the customers arrived.
A. had opened B. will open C. would open D. has open
Question 18. They were playing in the garden when__________.
A. they have heard a scream B. they were hearing a scream
C. they heard a scream D. they had heard a scream
Question 19. By the time he retires, he__________ $20,000.
A. will save B. has saved C. had saved D. will have saved
Question 20. By the time I arrived, they__________ the work and they__________ coffee.
A. had finished/were drinking B. finished/drank
C. had finished/drunk D. were finishing/drink
TIẾT 25 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 12. COMPARISONS (CÂ U SO SÁ NH)
1. Positive degree: so sá nh bằ ng củ a tính từ
a. Formula:
S – V – as – adjs – as – O
b. Examples: She is as tall as my wife. Peter was as hard-working as I was.
Note: negative formula
not – as/so – adjs –
e.g. Helen is not as strict asas
Jane. He was not so intelligent as his fellows.
2. Comparative degree: Hình thứ c so sá nh hơn củ a tính từ
a. Monosyllable-adjectives: Đố i vớ i tính từ đơn â m tiết hoặ c tính từ đa â m tiết
nhưng có tậ n cù ng bằ ng “y”, “ow”, hoặ c “er”:
S – V – adjs -ER – than – O
e.g. Lan is shorter than Na. She was better at English than we were.
b. Multisyllable-adjectives: Đố i vớ i tính từ đa â m tiết
S – V – more – adjs – than – O
e.g. She was more hard-working than us. We are more intelligent than him.
3. Superlative degree: so sá nh hơn nhấ t
a. Monosyllable-adjectives: Đố i vớ i tính từ đơn â m tiết hoặ c tính từ đa â m tiết
nhưng có tậ n cù ng bằ ng “y”, “ow”, hoặ c “er”:
S – V – the – adjs - EST
e.g. Nam is the best in our class. She was the kindest lady I’ve ever met.
b. Multisyllable- adjectives: Đố i vớ i tính từ đa â m tiết
S – V – the – most – adjs
e.g. Sarah was the most intelligent in my group.
Notes: For adjectives ending in “er”, “y”, “ly”, or the irregular cases
Adjective Comparative Superlative
1. bad worse the worst
2. clever cleverer the cleverest
3. far farther/ further the farthest/ furthest
4. good better the best
5. happy happier the happiest

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 26
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
6. little less the least
7. many/ much more the most
8. old older/ elder the oldest/ eldest
9. pretty prettier the prettiest
10. silly sillier the silliest
4. Double comparison: Hình thứ c so sá nh kép gồ m 4 mẫ u câ u sau:
S – V – adj-ER – and – adj-ER She is becoming older and wiser.
S – V – adj-ER – and – more – adj It was getting darker and more humid.
S – V – more – adj – and – adj-ER He is more hard-working and smarter.
S – V – more – adj – and – more – adj Linh is more industrious and more intelligent.
5. Parallel comparison: hình thứ c so sá nh thă ng tiến gồ m 4 mẫ u câ u sau:
The adj-ER - S – V, the adj-ER – S – V The older she is. the wiser she becomes.
The adj-ER - S – V, the more adj – S – V The darker it was, the more humid it seemed to
be.
The more adj - S – V, the adj-ER – S – V The more hard-working he is, the smarter he
becomes.
The more adj - S – V, the more adj – S – V The more industrious Linh is, the more intelligent
he gets.

TIẾT 26 Ngày dạy………../………../2020


CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 12. COMPARISONS (CÂ U SO SÁ NH)
Question 01. She is__________ singer I’ve ever met.
A. worse                     B. bad                             C. the worst               D. badly
Question 02. Mary is__________ responsible as Peter.
A. more                      B. the most           C. much                      D. as
Question 03. It is__________ in the city than it is in the country.
A. noisily                   B. more noisier           C. noisier                   D. noisy
Question 04. My house is________ hers.
A. cheap than            B. cheaper               C. cheaper than D. more cheap than 
Question 05. Her office is________ away than mine.
A. father                     B. more far                C. farther                   D. farer
Question 06. The more you practice speaking in public, __________.
A. the more you become confident B. the more you become confidently
C. the greater confidence you become D. the more confident you become
Question 07. English is thought to be__________ than Math.
A. harder                    B. the more hard       C. hardest                  D. the hardest
Question 08. Jupiter is__________ planet in the solar system.
A. the biggest            B. the bigger        C. bigger                    D. biggest
Question 09. She runs__________ in my class.
A. the slowest           B. the most slow      C. the slowly              D. the most slowly
Question 10. Your English is improving considerably. It is getting__________.
A. good and well B. well and better C. good and better D. better and better
Question 11. __________ you are qualified for the job, the more likely you will succeed in your
career.
A. The higher B. The highest C. The more highly D. The most highly
Question 12. Tom is__________ than David.
A. handsome               B. more handsome C. the more handsome D. the most handsome
Question 13. He did the test__________ I did.
A. as bad as               B. badder than         C. more badly than     D. worse than
Question 14. A boat is__________ than a plane.
A. slower                   B. slowest                 C. more slow             D. more slower
Question 15. My new sofa is__________ than the old one.
A. more comfortable B. comfortably   C. more comfortabler D. comfortable
Question 16. My sister dances__________ than me.
A. gooder                   B. weller                     C. better                     D. more good
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 27
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
Question 17. My bedroom is__________ room in my house.
A. tidier than     B. the tidiest   C. the most tidy    D. more tidier
Question 18. This road is__________ than that road.
A. narrower               B. narrow                   C. the most narrow   D. more narrower
Question 19. He drives__________ his brother.
A. more careful than B. more carefully C. as careful as D. more carefully than  
Question 20. It was__________ day of the year.
A. the colder          B. the coldest            C. coldest                   D. colder
TIẾT 27 + 28 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
TEST YOURSELF 02
SỞ GD&ĐT…………………… KÌ THI TRUNG HỌC PHỔ THÔNG QUỐC GIA NĂM 2021
TRƯỜ NG THPT……………….. Bà i thi: NGOẠ I NGỮ ; Mô n thi: TIẾ NG ANH 57
(Đề thi gồm. 05 trang) Thời gian làm bài. 60 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other
three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 01. A. definitions B. documents C. combs D. doors
Question 02. A. ancient B. educate C. stranger D. transfer
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 03. A. confide B. comfort C. inflate D. severe
Question 04. A. estimate B. prestigious C. proportion D. urbanity
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 05. Tom invited us to come to his party, _________ ?
A. hadn't he B. couldn't he C. wasn't he D. didn't he
Question 06. The teacher got the students_________ an essay on the positive and negative effects
that modern technology has on children.
A. to write B. to be written C.write D. writing
Question 07. If the weather is fine this weekend, we_________ to see our grandparents.
A. were going B. will go C. would do D. went
Question 08. The little girl started crying. She_________ her doll, and no one was able to find it for
her.
A. has lost B. had lost C. was losing D. was lost
Question 09. Some colors disappear quickly in the sea but blue light bounces back or is reflected,
to the surface. This makes the sea look blue. _________, a stormy sky will make the sea look grey.
A. Therefore B. Hence C. Consequently D. However
Question 10. _________, remember to bring some sample of your work.
A. At the time you are attending the interview B. As soon as you attend the interview
C. After you attend the interview D. When you attend the interview
Question 11. Students use the library's computers to get access_________ the Internet.
A. for B. to C. with D. by
Question 12. In The Sociology of Science, _________ a classic, Robert Merton discusses cultural,
economic and social forces that contributed to the development of modern science.
A. now considering B. now considered C. which considers D. which considered
Question 13. The map of top ten most densely_________ countries in the world includes Monaco,
Singapore, Bahrain, Malta and Bangladesh.
A. populated B. populating C. population D. popular
Question 14. I applied for that position but was_________.
A. taken away B. got over C. turned down D. turned off
Question 15. Overpopulation in urban areas tends to create unfavourable conditions, which may
result in_________ of food in developing countries.
A. damages B. failures C. shortages D. supplies
Question 16. In the_________ agriculture, farmers try to limit the use of chemicals and fertilizers.
A. sustainable B. conserving C. preserving D. supporting

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 28
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
Question 17. When my daughter was a baby, I noticed that she developed a_________ liking for
classical music, and when she was six I signed her up for violin classes.
A. special B. particular C. specific D. dominant
Question 18. I don't know what to say to break the_________ with someone I've just met at the
party.
A. air B. ice C. leg D. rule
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 19. Around 150 B.C. the Greek astronomer Hipparchus developed a system to classify
stars according to brightness.
A. record B. shine C. categorize D. diversify
Question 20. Let's wait here for her; I'm sure she'll turn up before long.
A. arrive B. return C. enter D. visit
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 21. The US troops are using much more sophisticated weapons in the Far East.
A. expensive B. complicated
C. simple and easy to use D. difficult to operate
Question 22. He said he was only joking, but his comments were so close to the bone.
A. annoying B. offensive C. personal D. respectful
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes
each of the following exchanges.
Question 23. Tung and Tu are talking about time management skill.
Tung: "What do you think about time management skill?" Tu: “________________”
A. It's time to go. B. I quite agree with you.
C. It is an important life skill. D. I can't help thinking about it.
Question 24. Mike and Lane are neighbors. They are talking about Lane's party.
Mike: “Thank you for a lovely evening”. Lane: “_________________”
A. It depends on you. B. Thank you very much indeed.
C. Yeah. I'm really looking forward to it. D. You are welcome.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or
phrase that best fits each the numbered blanks.
Culture has a strong influence on non-verbal communication. Even the simple act of
looking someone in the eye is not at all that simple. In the USA, Americans are (25)_________ to look
directly at people when speaking to them. It shows interest in what they are saying and is thought
to carry a (26)_________ of honesty. Meanwhile, in Japan and Korea, people avoid long periods of
eye contact. It is considered more polite to look to the side during a conversation. The Lebanese,
(27)_________, stand close together and look intensely into each other's eyes. The action shows
sincerity and gives people a better sense of what their counterparts want. Given such differences
with even the most common expressions, people (28)_________ travel or work abroad have a real
need to learn the other culture's body language. People tend to be unaware of the messages they
are sending to others. So, it is useful to consider your own body language before dealing
(29)_________ people from other cultures. Knowing about the body language of friends, clients, and
colleagues can be very helpful in improving understanding and avoiding miscommunication.
Question 25. A. encouraged B. assisted C. forbidden D. opposed
Question 26. A. sense B. taste C. sound D. touch
Question 27. A. therefore B. in addition C. in contrast D. moreover
Question 28. A. who B. where C. which D. whose
Question 29. A. of B. with C. from D. over
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct answer to each of the questions from 30 to 34.
Successful students often do the followings while studying. First, they have an overview
before reading. Next, they look for important information and pay greater attention to it (which
often needs jumping forward or backward to process information). They also relate important
points to one another. Also, they activate and use their prior knowledge. When they realize that
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 29
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
their understanding is not good, they do not wait to change strategies. Last, they can monitor
understanding and take action to correct or “fix up” mistakes in comprehension.
Conversely, students with low academic achievement often demonstrate ineffective study
skills. They tend to assume a passive role, in learning and rely on others (e.g., teachers, parents) to
monitor their studying, for example, low-achieving students often do not monitor their
understanding of content; they may not be aware of the purpose of studying; and they show little
evidence of looking back, or employing “fix-up” strategies to fix understanding problems. Students
who struggle with learning new information seem to be unaware that they must extent effort
beyond simply reading the content to understand and remember it. Children with learning
disabilities do not plan and judge the quality of their studying. Their studying may be
disorganized. Students with learning problems face challenges with personal organization as well.
They often have difficulty keeping track of materials and assignments, following directions, and
completing work on time. Unlike good studiers who employ a variety of study skills in a flexible
yet purposeful manner, low-achieving students use a restricted range of study skills. They cannot
explain why good study strategies are important for learning; and they tend to use the same, often
ineffective study approach for all learning tasks, ignoring task content, structure or difficulty.
(Source: Adapted from Study Skills. Managing Your Learning — NUI Galway)
Question 30. What is the topic of the passage?
A. Successful and low-academic achieving students
B. Successful learners and their learning strategies
C. Study skills for high school students
D. Effective and ineffective ways of learning
Question 31. The word “prior” in the first paragraph is closest meaning to_________?
A. important B. earlier C. forward D. good
Question 32. According to the passage, what can be learnt about passive students?
A. They depend on other people to organize their learning
B. They are slow in their studying
C. They monitor their understanding
D. They know the purpose of studying
Question 33. Which of the followings is NOT an evidence of monitoring studying?
A. Being aware of the purpose of studying B. Monitoring their understanding of content
C. Fixing up mistakes in understanding D. Looking at their backs
Question 34. The underlined pronoun “They” in the last sentence refers to_________.
A. study strategies B. study skills
C. low-achieving students D. good studiers
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.
PANDEMIC DISEASES
Diseases are a natural part of life on earth. If there were no diseases, the population would
grow too quickly, and there would not be enough food or other resources, so in a way, diseases are
natural ways of keeping the Earth in balance. But sometimes they spread very quickly and kill large
numbers of people. For example, in 1918, an outbreak of the flu spread across the world, killing over
25 million people in only six months. Such terrible outbreaks of a disease are called pandemics.
Pandemics happen when a disease changes in a way that our bodies are not prepared to
fight. In 1918, a new type of flu virus appeared. Our bodies had no way to fight this new flu virus,
and so it spread very quickly and killed large numbers of people. While there have been many
different pandemic diseases throughout history, all of them have a new thing in common. First, all
pandemic diseases spread from one person to another very easily.
Second, while they may kill many people, they generally do not kill people very quickly. A
good example of this would be the Marburg virus. The Marburg virus is an extremely infectious
disease. In addition, it is deadly. About 70 -80% of all people who get the Marburg virus died from
the disease. However, the Marburg virus has not become a pandemic because most people die
within three days of getting the disease. This means that the virus does not have enough time to
spread a large number of people. The flu virus of 1918, on the other hand, generally took about a
week to ten days to kill its victims, so it had more time to spread.
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 30
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
While we may never be able to completely stop pandemics, we can make them less
common. Doctors carefully monitor new diseases that they fear could become pandemics. For
example, in 2002, and 2003, doctors carefully watched SARS. Their health warnings may have
prevented SARS from becoming a pandemic.
Question 35. According to paragraph 1, how are diseases a natural part of life on Earth?
A. They prevent pandemics B. They help control the population
C. They led the world grow quickly D. They kill too many people
Question 36. Based on the information in the passage the term “pandemics” can be explained as__________.
A. diseases with no cure C. diseases that spread quickly and kill large numbers of people
B. a deadly kind of flu D. new disease like SARS or the Marburg virus
Question 37. According to the passage, all of the following are true of the 1918 flu pandemic
EXCEPT that__________.
A. it involved a new kind of flu virus B. it killed over 25 million people
C. it was the last pandemic in history D. it took a little over a week to kill its victims
Question 38. The word “it” in the passage refers to__________.
A. disease B. flu virus C. pandemics D. bodies
Question 39. Which of the following is mentioned as a common feature of all pandemic diseases?
A. They spread from people to people very quickly B. It kill many people very quickly
C. They do not kill people very quickly D. They kill all the victims
Question 40. The word ‘monitor’ in the passage is closest in meaning to__________.
A. fight B. prevent C. watch D. avoid
Question 41. The author mentions SARS in order to__________.
A. give an example of a highly dangerous disease
B. suggest that SARS will never become a pandemic
C. give an example of the successful prevention of a pandemic
D. suggest that there may be a new pandemic soon.
Question 42. This passage is mainly about__________.
A. how to prevent pandemic diseases B. pandemic diseases
C. pandemic diseases throughout history D. why pandemics happen
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction in each of the following questions.
Question 43. Not only my friends but also their parents enjoys taking part in going for picnic
A. my friends B. enjoys C. in D. going
Question 44. My son says his new English teacher is modest, generosity and sociable.
A. says B. modest C. generosity D. sociable
Question 45. I need someone dependent to take care of the children while I'm at work.
A. dependent B. care  C. children  D. work
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to each of the following questions.
Question 46. She can speak English better than her friend.
A. Her friend can’t speak English as well as her.
B. Her friend can speak English more badly than her.
C. Her friend can’t speak English good as her.
D. Her friend can’t speak English weller than her.
Question 47. "Stop smoking or you'll be ill", the doctor told me.
A. The doctor advised me to give up smoking to avoid illness.
B. The doctor suggested smoking to treat illness.
C. I was ordered not to smoke to recover from illness.
D. I was warned against smoking a lot of cigarettes.
Question 48. John no longer drinks a lot.
A. John rarely drank a lot. B. John used to drink a lot.
C. John didn’t use to drink a lot. D. John now drinks a lot.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines
each pair of sentences in the following questions.
Question 49. He didn't hurry, so he missed the plane.
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 31
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
A. If he hurried, he wouldn't miss the plane.
B. If he had hurried, he wouldn't have caught the plane.
C. If he had hurried, he could have caught the plane.
D. He didn't miss the plane because he was hurried.
Question 50. As soon as James started working, he realized that his decision had not been a good
one.
A. Just before James took up his new post, he realized that he was not suited for it.
B. No sooner had James begun his new job than he knew his decision was wrong.
C. Had James not begun his new job, he would have gone looking for a better one.
D. Since James did not like his new job, he began looking for a better one.
_________HẾ T_________
TIẾT 29 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 13. TENSE-SEQUENCES (THÌ CỦ A ĐỘ NG TỪ )
The sequences of tenses: Sự hò a hợ p củ a cá c thì trong cá c mệnh đề.
1. Subordinate clauses: Mệnh đề phụ cơ bả n
Main clause Subordinate clause
- simple present tense.
Simple present - present perfect tense.
tense. - present progressive tense.
- simple future tense.
- “be going to V” form.
- simple past tense (certain point of past time).
- simple past tense.
Simple past tense - past progressive tense.
- past perfect tense.
- “would + V” form.
- “be going to + V” past form.
- simple present tense (showing the truth).
Present perfect Simple present tense.
tense
Past perfect tense Simple past tense.
2. Adverbial clauses: Mệnh đề trạ ng ngữ
Main clause Adverbial clauses (of time)
Present tenses Present When/ whenever/ as/ while/ before/ after/ as soon as/
tenses …
Past tenses Past tenses When/ while/ as/ till/ until/ just as/ since/….
Future tenses Present No sooner than/ hardly…when/ as long as/….
tenses
Past simple/ Past perfect/ By the time/ when/after/before/…
Past perfect Past simple

TIẾT 30 Ngày dạy………../………../2020


CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 13. TENSE-SEQUENCES (THÌ CỦ A ĐỘ NG TỪ )
Question 01. Before the man could say anything more, Peter_________ off towards the station.
A. rushed B. was rushing C. had rushed D. had been rushing
Question 02. She hurt herself while she_________ hide-and-seek with her friends
A. played B. had played C. is playing D. was playing
Question 03. As soon as I__________ a good look at the designs, I _______ them back to you.
A. have had/ sent B. have / send C. will have / send D. have had/ will send
Question 04. Since we came here, we__________ a lot of acquaintances.
A. have had B. had C. have D. are having
Question 05. He went back to work in his country after he________ his course on Advanced
Engineering in London.
A. finishes B. has finished C. had finished D. was finishing
Question 06. When we__________ to the beach, it started to rain.
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 32
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
A. drove B. were driving C. have driven D. are driving
Question 07. Before the man could say anything more, Peter_________ off towards the station.
A. rushed B. was rushing C. had rushed D. had been rushing
Question 08. My mom were cooking when I________ home yesterday afternoon.
A. come B. was coming C. came D. had come
Question 09. I_________ come to the conclusion that nowadays nobody cares about anything.
A. will B. had C. do D. have
Question 10. I assumed you_________ paying for the repairs until the end of last year.
A. have been B. was been C. are being D. had been
Question 11. _________ get tired of answering the same questions every day?
A. Have you ever B. Had you ever C. Do you ever D. Are you ever
Question 12. She_________ working on that manuscript for 2 years now.
A. will be B. has been C. had been D. is
Question 13. Kelvin and Martha __________ married in June.
A. are getting B. has got C. was getting D. will have got
Question 14. Oranges__________ rich in vitamin C, which__________ good for our health.
A. have been/ is B. are/ is C. are/ will be D. were/ has been
Question 15. Let's go to Fuji for our summer holiday! - OK. It__________ good.
A. sounds B. is sounding C. has sounded D. was sounding
Question 16. Laura said she had worked on the assignment since__________.
A. yesterday B. two days ago C. the day before D. the next day
Question 17. John asked me__________ interested in any kind of sports.
A. if I were B. if were I C. if was I D. if I was
Question 18. I__________ you everything I am doing, 'and you have to do the same.
A. will tell B. would tell C. told D. was telling
Question 19. John asked me__________ that film the night before.
A. that I saw B. had I seen C. if I had seen D. if had I seen
Question 20. He said that his father__________ to Dallas the year before.
A. goes B. went C. has gone D. had gone
TIẾT 31 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 14. WORD CLASS (TỪ LOẠ I)
1. Suffixes: cá c hậ u tố dù ng để tạ o danh từ .
suffixes words
1. er teacher reader listener
2. or visitor actor spectator
3. ist terrorist capitalist naturalist
4. ant applicant assistant pollutant
5. age voyage carriage marriage
6. dom freedom boredom wisdom
7. ness sadness tiredness happiness
8. iety society anxiety variety
9. ing fishing shopping washing
10. our behavior neighbour
11. ee employee refugee interviewee
12. ent government payment investment
13. ce importance difference significance
14. ion action decision communication
15. hood childhood adulthood neighborhood
16. ism tourism Buddhism mechanism
17. ship friendship scholarship relationship
18. ility ability possibility responsibility
19. al arrival refusal approval
20. y difficulty honesty accuracy
2. Suffixes: Cá ch kiến tạ o ra tính từ qua cá c hậ u tố .

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 33
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
suffixes words
1. able portable agreeable eatable
2. al parental musical moral
3. ed tired bored excited
4. en woolen golden wooden
5. ful careful useful helpful
6. ial essential trial social
7. ible visible legible edible
8. ic politic romantic historic
9. ing tiring boring exciting
10. ish reddish whitish blackish
11. ive active effective native
12. less careless useless helpless
13. ly lovely lively friendly
14. ous industrious enormous dangerous
15. some troublesome worrisome
16. y wealthy healthy rainy
3. Same form adverbs: Cá ch kiến tạ o ra tính từ qua cá c hậ u tố .
adjective adverbs adjective adverbs adjective adverbs
s s s
1. back back 9. just* just* 17. near* near*
2. direct* direct* 10. late* late* 18. pretty pretty
3. early early 11. left left 19. right* right*
4. enough enough 12. little little 20. short* short*
5. far far 13. long long 21. till till
6. hard* hard* 14. more* more* 22. straight straight
7. high* high* 15. most* most* 23. well well
8. ill ill 16. much* much* 24. wrong* wrong*
TIẾT 32 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 14. WORD CLASS (TỪ LOẠ I)
Question 01. There's__________ to be frightened of the dog; he's quite harmless.
A. no fear B. no need C. any reason D. a fear
Question 02. It was very difficult for the inspector to__________ what recommendations he should make.
A. decide B. settle C. solve D. realize
Question 03. Her guest apologized for causing her so much__________.
A. damage B. complication C. problem D. trouble
Question 04. But why did the police suspect you? It just does not make__________ to me.
A. truth B. reason C. sense D. right
Question 05. I must tell you about my__________ when I first arrived in London.
A. happenings B. experiences C. events D. incidents
Question 06. I have been looking for this book for months, and__________ I have found it.
A. at last B. at the end C. at present D. in time
Question 07. He was very upset by the__________ of his English examination.
A. failure B. result C. success D. effect
Question 08. Wild ducks always fly in a definite__________.
A. formation B. shape C. figure D. formula
Question 09. Two other__________ in his argument for his country's independence are worth a
mention.
A. reports B. effects C. points D. notices
Question 10. If__________ it would stop raining for a morning, we could cut the grass.
A. ever B. even C. just D. only
Question 11. We have no__________ in our files of your recent letter to the tax office.
A. list B. memory C. account D. record
Question 12. Children with__________ diseases should not be allowed to go to school.
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 34
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
A. constant B. infectious C. contact D. influential
Question 13. I would like to offer a small__________ to anyone who finds my missing dog.
A. expense B. repayment C. receipt D. reward
Question 14. When you are dealing with so many problems, mistakes are________ to happen.
A. found B. ground C. around D. bound
Question 15. She walked to the__________ of the swimming pool and jumped in.
A. start B. extent C. side D. border
Question 16. The three friends all__________ for the same job.
A. applied B. intended C. requested D. referred
Question 17. Don't think that red dress__________ her.
A. suits B. matches C. cheers D. agrees
Question 18. I had no__________ that the divorce rate was so high in this country.
A. idea B. understanding C. doubt D. knowledge
Question 19. John's__________ and efficiency at the company led to his promotion to Sales Manager.
A. punctuality B. punctual C. punctuate D. punctually
Question 20. I like doing__________ such as cooking, washing and cleaning the house.
A. house-keeper B. household chores C. lord of house D. white house
TIẾT 33 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 15. PASSIVE VOICE (BỊ ĐỘ NG)
I. The usage and form: Định nghĩa và cấ u trú c củ a câ u bị độ ng.
Câ u bị độ ng đượ c sử dụ ng khi ngườ i ta đã biết rõ ngườ i thự c hiện hà nh độ ng, khi ngườ i ta khô ng
muố n nhắ c tớ i chủ thể củ a hà nh độ ng, hoặ c chủ thể củ a hà nh độ ng là chung chung... Câ u bị độ ng có
cấ u tạ o chung bằ ng dạ ng củ a độ ng từ “to be” theo sau bở i phâ n từ quá khứ củ a độ ng từ chủ độ ng
nhue cô ng thứ c sau:
S – be – Past Participles
e.g. 1. Hurricanes destroy a great deal of property each year.
Subject present complement

→ A great deal of property is destroyed by hurricanes each year.


singular subject be past participle

2. The tornado destroyed thirty houses.


Subject past complement

→ Thirty houses were destroyed by the tornado.


plural subject be past participle

II. Turning from active to passive voice: Biến đổ i từ câ u chủ độ ng sang câ u bị độ ng:
1. Formation: Về mặ t cấ u trú c (bằ ng cô ng thứ c cấ u tạ o)
Active: S – V – O

Passive: S – be – V-ed (past participles) – by – O


e.g. 1. The committee is considering several new proposals.
Subject present progressive complement

→ Several new proposals are being considered by the committee.


plural subject auxiliary be past participle

2. The committee was considering several new proposals.


Subject past progressive complement

→ Several new proposals were being considered by the committee.


plural subject auxiliary be past participle

2. Rules: Về mặ t qui tắ c (bằ ng ngô n từ )


a. Step 1: (Bướ c 1) Chuyển tâ n ngữ củ a câ u chủ độ ng thà nh chủ ngữ củ a câ u bị độ ng.
b. Step 2: (Bướ c 2) Chuyển độ ng từ chính củ a câ u chủ độ ng thà nh phâ n từ quá khứ
củ a câ u bị độ ng, trướ c phâ n từ nà y điền mộ t hình thứ c củ a độ ng từ “to be” sao cho cù ng thì
vớ i thì củ a độ ng từ chính ở câ u chủ độ ng và phù hợ p vớ i chủ ngữ củ a câ u bị độ ng.
c. Step 3: (Bướ c 3) Chuyển Chủ ngữ củ a câ u chủ độ ng thà nh tâ n ngữ củ a giớ i từ “by” ở
câ u bị độ ng.
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 35
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
e.g. 1. The company has ordered some new equipment.
subject present perfect complement

→ Some new equipment has been ordered by the company.


Singular subject auxiliary be past participle

2. The company had ordered some new equipment before the strike began.
subject past perfect complement

TIẾT 34 Ngày dạy………../………../2020


CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 15. PASSIVE VOICE (BỊ ĐỘ NG)
Question 01. A joke__________ seriously.
A. is not taken B. is not to take C. is not to be taken D. is not taking
Question 02. All the figures and calculations__________ thoroughly.
A. should check B. should be checked C. should checked D. should be check
Question 03. These books__________ to us by the teacher.
A. recommended B. were recommended
C. have recommended D. was being recommended
Question 04. Quite a number of houses in Molec Garden__________ recently.
A. broke into B. broken into C. was broken into D. were broken into
Question 05. The marsh was drained before it__________ for cultivation.
A. is used B. was used C. has used D. has been used
Question 06. A fence__________ around the compound to keep out stray dogs.
A. erect B. erected C. were erected D. has been erected
Question 07. The goods__________ by lorry.
A. is delivered B. was delivered C. were delivered D. has been delivered
Question 08. The bus fares__________ three times this year.
A. have raised B. have been raised C. were raised D. had raised
Question 09. These curtains and cushion covers__________ by my mother.
A. have sewn B. is sewing C. had been sewn D. can sew
Question 10. Many enquiries__________ from interested candidates.
A. is received B. was received C. were received D. have received
Question 11. Every application__________ carefully by the selection committee.
A. is examined B. was examined C. were examined D. has been examined
Question 12. Dana finally admitted__________ by what her father had said the day before.
A. hurt B. hurting C. being hurt D. hurted
Question 13. People warned us not to go out alone.
A. We were warned to go out alone. B. We weren’t warned not to go out alone.
C. We were warned not to go out alone. D. We were warned not going out alone.
Question 14. Somebody cleans the room every day.
A. The room every day is cleaned. B. The room is everyday cleaned.
C. The room is cleaned every day. D. The room is cleaned everyday by her.
Question 15. Gold was__________ &100,000,000,000 after he had found the billionaire’s lost dog.
A. permitted B. rewarded C. awarded D. Donated
Question 16. Mathematics, a required subject in all schools, is__________ into many branches.
A. grouped B. prepared C. divided D. added
Question 17. Hoa hoped__________ to join the club. She could make friends with many people here.
A. being invited B. to invite C. to be invited D. inviting
Question 18. All planes__________ before departure.
A. will checked B. will be checked C. will have checked D. will been checked
Question 19. Gold__________ in California in the 19th century.
A. was discover B. was discovered C. they discovered D. has been discovered
Question 20. I wanted__________ by the head of the company, but it was impossible.
A. to see B. to be seen C. seeing D. being to see
TIẾT 35 +36+ 37 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 16. REPORTED SPEECH (CÂ U GIÁ N TIẾ P)

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 36
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
I. Changes when turning direct speech into indirect: Biến đổ i từ câ u trự c tiếp sang câ u giá n
tiếp
1. Tenses changes: (Đổ i thì củ độ ng từ ) Khi chuyển đổ i từ câ u chủ độ ng sang câ u bị độ ng
cá c thì ngữ phá p củ a độ ng từ đượ c chuyển đổ i (ta thườ ng lù i mộ t thì ở câ u giá n tiếp so vớ i thì củ a
độ ng từ ở câ u trự c tiếp) theo bả ng chuyển đổ i dướ i đâ y:
direct speech direct speech
1. simple present → simple past
2. present progressive → past progressive
3. present perfect (progressive) → past perfect (progressive)
4. simple past → past perfect
5. future (will/shall) → conditional (would)
6. must → had to inf
7. can/ may → could/ might
8. conditional → conditional (no change)
e.g. D: “I am a new comer here,” said Linda.
→ I: Linda said that she was a new comer there.
2. Pronouns and adjectives changes: (Đổ i đạ i từ và tính từ ,….)
Khi chuyển đổ i từ câ u chủ độ ng sang câ u bị độ ng cá c thì đạ i từ nhâ n xưng, tính từ sở hữ u,
đạ i từ sở hữ u, đạ i từ phả n thâ n cũ ng đượ c chuyển đổ i. Thô ng thườ ng ngô i thứ nhấ t, thứ hai
sẽ chuyển thà nh ngô i thứ ba, trừ trườ ng hợ p chủ thể tự diễn đạ t về bả n thâ n.
e.g. D: “I will send you my document today,” said Lan to Minh.
→ I: Lan said that she would send Minh her document that day.
D: “We will leave tomorrow night,” he said.
3. Expressions of time and place in indirect speech: (Đổ i cá c trạ ng ngữ chỉ thờ i gian và
nơi chố n) Khi chuyển đổ i từ câ u chủ độ ng sang câ u bị độ ng cá c trạ ng ngữ chỉ thờ i gian và nơi chố n
thườ ng đượ c chuyển đổ i theo bả ng chuyển đổ i dướ i đâ y:
direct speech direct speech
1. today → that day
2. yesterday → the day before
3. the day before yesterday → two days before
4. tomorrow → the next/ following day
5. the day after tomorrow → in two days’ time
6. next week/ year/ etc. → the following week/ years/ etc.
7. last week/ year/ etc. → the previous week/ years/ etc.
8. a week/ year/ etc. ago → the previous year/ a year before
9. this/ these → that/ those
10. here → there
e.g. D: “I will send you my document today,” said Lan to Minh.
→ I: Lan said that she would send Minh her document that day.
II. Some kinds of indirect speech:
1. Statements: Trong trườ ng hợ p nà y ta thự c hiện chuyển đổ i cá c yếu tố như trên và gầ n
như giữ nguyên cấ u trú c lờ i nó i. Ở mộ t số trườ ng hợ p (tườ ng thuậ t trự c tiếp, thô ng dịch)
độ ng từ dẫ n để ở thì hiện tạ i đơn.
e.g. D: “We will leave tomorrow night,” he said.
→ I: He said that they would start the following night.
2. Questions: Câ u hỏ i ở hình thứ c giá n tiếp đượ c chia là m hai nhó m sau;
2.1. General Questions (Yes/No Questions):
asked (O)
S - wondered if/ whether S – V
wanted to know

e.g. D: “Do you live here?” he said. → I: He asked if I lived there.


2.2. WH- Questions (Questions with interrogative words):
asked (O)
S - wondered WH words S – V
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 37
wanted to know
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!

e.g. D: “Where do you live?” he said. → I: He wanted to know where I lived.


3. Commands, requests, advice, invitations, orders, etc:
Various forms of introductory verbs such as advice, ask, beg, command, encourage, entreat,
forbid, implore, invite, order, recommend, remind, request, tell, urge, warn, etc. are used in
indirect commands, requests, advice, invitations, orders, etc. and “not” is often placed
before a full infinitive to make the negative form.– Cá c câ u giá n tiếp chỉ mệnh lệnh, yêu cầ u,
lờ i khuyên, lờ i mờ i, lờ i ra lệnh hay thú c giụ c sử dụ ng nhiều hình thứ c độ ng từ dẫ n như
advice, ask, beg, command, encourage, entreat, forbid, implore, invite, order, recommend,
remind, request, tell, urge, warn, và vớ i dạ ng phủ định ta chỉ cầ n thêm “not” và o trướ c mộ t
nguyên thể. S – introductory verbs – to V
S – introductory verbs – (not) to V

TIẾT 38 Ngày dạy………../………../2020


CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 16. REPORTED SPEECH (CÂ U GIÁ N TIẾ P)
Question 01. Julia said that she_________ there at noon.
A. is going to be B. was going to be C. will be D. can be
Question 02. He_________ that he was leaving way that afternoon.
A. told me B. told to me C. said me D. says to me
Question 03. She said to me that she_________ to me the Sunday before.
A. wrote B. has written C. was writing D. had written
Question 04. I_________ him to sell that old motorbike.
A. said to B. suggested C. advised D. recommended
Question 05. My parents reminded me_________ the flowers.
A. remember to plant B. plant C. to plant D. planting
Question 06. They asked me how many children___________.
A. if I had B. had I C. I have D. have I
Question 07. Thu said she had been_________ the day before.
A. here B. there C. in this place D. where
Question 08. The student said that the English test_________ the most difficult.
A. is B. was C. will be D. have been
Question 09. John asked me_________ that film the night before.
A. that I saw B. had I seen C. if I had seen D. if had I seen
Question 10. The guest told the host that_________.
A. I must go now B. he must go now C. he had to go now D. he had to go then
Question 11. She asked me where I_________ from.
A. come B. coming C. to come D. came
Question 12. She_________ me whether I liked classical music or not.
A. ask B. asks C. asked D. asking
Question 13. He asked me who_________ the editor of that book.
A. was B. were C. is D. has been
Question 14. He wants to know whether I_________ back tomorrow.
A. come B. came C. will come D. would come
Question 15. I wonder why he___________ love his family.
A. doesn’t B. don’t C. didn’t D. hasn’t
Question 16. He advised_________ too far.
A. her did not go B. her do not go C. her not to go D. she did not go
Question 17. Nancy asked me why I had not gone to New York the summer_________.
A. before B. ago C. last D. previous
Question 18. He asked _______ him some money.
A. her to lend B. she to lend C. she has lent D. she lends
Question 19. Ba said he_________ some good marks the semester before.
A. gets B. got C. had gotten D. have got
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 38
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
Question 20. They told their parents that they_________ their best to do the test.
A. try B. will try C. are trying D. would try
TIẾT 39 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
REVIEW 01
I. Select the ANTONYM of the following bold and underlined word in each sentence.
Question 01. We ought to keep these proposals secret from the chairman for the time being.
A. frequented B. revealed C. lively D. accessible
Question 02. The young are now far more materialistic than their precedents years ago.
A. greedy B. object-oriented C. monetary D. spiritual
II. Choose the word marked A, B, C, or D which is stressed differently from the rest.
Question 03. A. possible B. university C. secondary D. suitable
Question 04. A. important B. confident C. exciting D. together
III. Choose the word or phrase marked A, B, C, or D that best completes each sentence.
Question 05. - Tim: “What an attractive hair style you have got, Mary!“ - Tom: “___________.“
A. You are telling a lie B. I don't like your sayings
C. Thank you very much. I am afraid D. Thank you for your compliment
Question 06. The worker was_________ his boss expected, so he was offered a raise.
A. more hard-working B. more hard-working than
C. more hard-working as D. as hard-working than
Question 07. John_________ a respectful and obedient student.
A. is said being B. is said C. is said to be D. said to be
Question 08. Mike: “More coffee? Anybody?” Jane: “____________________.”
A. I don’t agree. I’m afraid” B. Yes, please C. It’s right. I think D. I’d love to
Question 09. In the last hundred years, traveling_________ much easier and more comfortable.
A. became B. will become C. has become D. becomes
Question 10. Sometimes I do not feel like_________ to my sibling about my troubles.
A. to talk B. talk C. talked D. talking
Question 11. John is_________ only child in his family so his parents love him a lot.
A. an B. the C. 0 (zero article) D. a
Question 12. Your car is quite old. It's the same as_________.
A. us B. ours C. we're D. our
Question 13. Each of us must take_________ for our own actions.
A. possibility B. ability C. probability D. responsibility
Question 14. According to the boss, John is the most_________ for the position of executive
secretary.
A. comfortable B. suitable C. caring D. supportive
Question 15. The scientist_________ invention was a success became famous.
A. which B. that C. who D. whose
Question 16. We are not allowed_________ jeans at school.
A. wear B. worn C. to wear D. wearing
Question 17. Take the number 7 bus and get_________ at Forest Road.
A. down B. off C. up D. outside
Question 18. My father didn't go to college; _________ did my mother.
A. so B. either C. none D. neither
IV. Select the SYNONYM of the following bold and underlined word in each sentence.
Question 19. She got up late and rushed to the bus stop.
A. dropped by B. went leisurely C. went quickly D. came into
Question 20. Thirty minutes after the accident, the captain still refused to abandon the burning ship.
A. leave B. sail C. get on D. come to
V. Choose the word marked A, B, C, or D whose underlined part is pronounced differently.
Question 21. A. crashed B. announced C. escaped D. climbed
Question 22. A. defeat B. measure C. leader D. appeal
VI. Choose the underlined part marked A, B, C, or D in each sentence that should be corrected.
Question 23. The United Nations, founded in 1945, has their headquarters in New York.

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 39
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
A. their B. The C. has D. founded
Question 24. The more cigarettes he smokes, the worst his health will be.
A. will be B. The more C. the worst D. smokes
Question 25. Each of the members of the group were made to write a report every week.
A. to write B. week C. members D. were
Question 26. There were so much books in the library that I didn't know which one to choose.
A. that B. There were C. to choose D. much
VII. Choose the option marked A, B, C, or D that best completes each of the following
sentences.
Most of the people who like films are only interested in the leading actor or actress when
they enjoy a film. It seems to them that only the actors or actresses have made the film successful.
They always pay attention to their appearance, performance, and fashion. There are many film
viewers who have no awareness of the other people’s work to make a film. A finished film is,
actually, the result of the collaboration of many people, and the most important among them are
the scriptwriter, the cinematographer, the film editor, the actor, and the director. Especially, in
some thrilling scenes, the roles of stuntmen are very important. They are always in danger when
they are acting; some of them are even badly hurt or dead. But what a pity, many film viewers
rarely appreciate their work.
Question 27. To many film viewers, _________.
A. the director is the most important
B. the stuntmen play the most important role
C. no one is more important than the leading actor or actress
D. the most important person is the cinematographer
Question 28. A finished film is the result of the collaboration of________.
A. the actors B. many people C. the actresses D. the director
Question 29. The work of stuntmen is_________.
A. dangerous B. thrilled C. interesting D. secure
Question 30. Many film viewers always pay attention to_________.
A. the pictures taken by the cinematographer B. the leading actors’ or actresses’ family
C. the director’s name and appearance
D. the actors’ and actresses’ appearance, performance, and fashion
Question 31. There are________ most important people in making a film.
A. six B. four C. five D. three
VIII. Choose the word or phrase marked A, B, C, or D that best fits each space in the following text.
The computer is undoubtedly one of the most amazing and important inventions of the
twentieth century. Boring or time-consuming jobs which, in the past, would have been (32)________
by hundreds of workers can now be done by one small computer. However, the introduction of
the computer has not been entirely problem-free. Many people feel that we are already too
(33)________ on computers. They think that computers themselves are (34)________ too powerful,
and that people are no longer in control of them.
One of the problems with a computer is that, like any other machines, it can break down.
If a computer is damaged, the information it is storing can be lost. If a computer program has a(n)
(35)________ in it, the computer’s calculation can be seriously affected. A faulty program in a
hospital or police computer could (36)________ terrible mistakes.
Question 32. A. figured out B. carried out C. made out D. done out
Question 33. A. dependent B. based C. carried D. influenced
Question 34. A. getting B. running C. becoming D. turning
Question 35. A. error B. foul C. abnormality D. wrongdoing
Question 36. A. find B. produce C. do D. cause
IX. Choose the sentence that is similar in meaning to the one given.
Question 37. I did not arrive in time. I was not able to see her off.
A. I did not go there, so I could not see her off. B. She had left because I was not on time.
C. I was not early enough to see her off. D. I arrived very late to say goodbye to her.
Question 38. I was offered to work for IBM, but I rejected.
A. I was refused by IBM at work. B. I rejected to offer to work for IBM.
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 40
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
C. I turned down the offer to work for IBM. D. IBM refused my offer to work.
Question 39. It was a mistake for her to marry Peter.
A. She shouldn’t have married Peter. B. She and Peter weren’t married in the right way.
C. Peter didn’t want to get married, so it was his mistake.
D. She ought to think again before she marries Peter.
Question 40. “Why don’t we have a day off?” said Tom.
A. Tom suggested have a day off. B. Tom advised to have a day off.
C. Tom advised we to have a day off. D. Tom suggested having a day off.
__________HẾ T__________

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 41
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
TIẾT 40+41 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
TEST YOURSELF 03
SỞ GD&ĐT…………………… KÌ THI TRUNG HỌC PHỔ THÔNG QUỐC GIA NĂM 2021
TRƯỜ NG THPT……………….. Bà i thi: NGOẠ I NGỮ ; Mô n thi: TIẾ NG ANH 67
(Đề thi gồm. 05 trang) Thời gian làm bài. 60 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer in each of the following questions.
Question 01. As the drug took_________, the patient became quieter.
A. force B. influence C. effect D. action
Question 02. George wouldn't have met Mary_________ to his brother's graduation party.
A. if he has not gone B. had not he gone C. had he not gone D. if he shouldn't have gone
Question 03. Jim’s_________ flu again. That’s the third time this year.
A. put up with B. gone down with C. led up to D. come up with
Question 04. Although he was_________, he agreed to play tennis with me.
A. exhaustive B. exhausting C. exhausted D. exhaustion
Question 05. An international menu_________ a variety of food can attract most of the tourists.
A. offered B. offering C. which offer D. is offered
Question 06. She_________ on her computer for more than two hours when she decided to stop for a
rest.
A. was working B. has worked C. had been working D. has been working
Question 07. _________ the weather forecast it will rain heavily later this morning.
A. According to B. Due to C. On account of D. Because of
Question 08. Global warming will result_________ crop failures and famine.
A. in B. of C. from D. to
Question 09. “Never say that again, _________?”
A. don’t you B. will you C. do you D. won’t you
Question 10. He promised_________ his daughter a new bicycle as a birthday present.
A. to buying B. buying C. buy D. to buy
Question 11. According to the conditions of my scholarship, after finishing my degree, _________.
A. the university will employ me B. my education will be employed by the university
C. I will be employed by the university D. employment will be given to me by the university
Question 12. It seems that the thief took_________ of the open window and got inside that way.
A. occasion B. chance C. opportunity D. advantage
Question 13. There has been a widespread_________ about whether North Korea has successfully
miniaturized a nuclear weapon and whether it has a working H-bomb.
A. gossip B. challenge C. doubt D. rumour
Question 14. After a momentary_________ of concentration, Simon managed to regain his focus and
completed the test.
A. failure B. lapse C. fault D. error
Choose one word whose underlined that is pronounced differently. Identify your answer by
circling the corresponding letter A, B, C or D.
Question 15. A. candidates B. caves C. methods D. novels
Question 16. A. telephone B. restaurant C. interpreter D. perverted
Choose one word whose stress pattern is different. Identify your answer by circling the
corresponding letter A, B, C or D.
Question 17. A. affection B. personify C. generate D. encourage
Question 18. A. possible B. holiday C. assistant D. colony
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction in each of the following questions.
Question 19. Viet Nam Airlines regrets informing passengers that flight VN 251 to Hanoi is
postponed due to bad weather.
A. postponed B. that C. informing D. due to
Question 20. My grandfather used to say that leaving the past behind was the best way to come over
sorrow.
A. leaving the past B. come C. used to say D. the best way

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 42
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
Question 21. The train to Ho Chi Minh city left at precisely 7 o’clock as usually, but the train to Ha
Noi capital left at half past six o’clock, which was exactly 20 minutes late.
A. exactly B. as usually C. which D. precisely
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable respond to
complete each of the following exchanges.
Question 22. Tom: “Why didn’t you pay the telephone bill?” Lucy: “__________________.”
A. Well, it’s too thick B. Thank you for all that C. Yes, it was true D. I did
Question 23. Tom: “Would you mind turning down your stereo?” - Lucy: “__________________.”
A. Yes, I do B. I’m really sorry! I’m not paying attention
C. No, I don’t D. Oh! I’m sorry! I didn’t realize that
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in
meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 24. You should put yourself on the back for having achieved such a high score in the
graduation exam.
A. wear a backpack B. check up your back C. criticize yourself D. praise yourself
Question 25. Psychologists encourage their patient not to get upset about trivial matters.
A. expectant B. important C. minor D. unnecessary
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 26. Once in a while, I visit my grandparents on the farm and stay there for some days.
A. Rarely B. Regularly C. Usually D. Sometimes
Question 27. The team wasn’t playing well, so the coach took the bull by the horns and sacked
several senior players.
A. made the right decision B. made a bold decision
C. made a final decision D. made the wrong decision
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences
in the following questions.
Question 28. But for two minor mistakes, I would have got full marks for the test.
A. If I didn‘t make two minor mistakes, I would have got full marks for the test.
B. I would have got full marks for the test if there hadn‘t been these two minor
mistakes
C. Had I made two minor mistakes, I would have got full marks for the test.
D. If the mistakes hadn‘t been minor, I could have got full marks for the test.
Question 29. As soon as he approached the house, the policeman stopped him.
A. No sooner had he approached the house than the policeman stopped him.
B. Hardly had he approached the house than the policeman stopped him.
C. No sooner had he approached the house when the policeman stopped him.
D. Hardly he had approached the house when the policeman stopped him.
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the
following questions.
Question 30. No sooner had she put the telephone down than her boss rang back.
A. Hardly she had hung up, she rang her boss immediately.
B. Scarcely had she put the telephone down when her boss rang back.
C. She had hardly put the telephone down without her boss rang back.
D. As soon as her boss rang back, she put down the telephone.
Question 31. Peter said “I wish I hadn’t lent him some money.”
A. Peter regretted lending him some money. B. Peter thanked him for lending him some
money.
C. Peter wished not to lend him some money.
D. Peter suggested not lending him some money.
Question 32. As he gets older, he wants to travel less.
A. The more old age he gets, the less he wants to travel.
B. The less he wants to travel, the older he gets.
C. As soon as he wants to travel, he gets older.
D. The older he gets, the less he wants to travel.
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 43
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
Read the following text then answer the questions that followed by circling its corresponding
letter marked A, B, C or D from 33 to 37.
How can a person offend people just because they cross their legs? In Thailand, it is rude
for a person to show other people the bottom of their feet. This is considered unclean, and Thais
can (33)________ serious offense at it. Another thing people do in the West is to touch people on the
head especially children. It is very normal to see an old woman walking up to a young boy and
(34)________ his hair tenderly while saying what a handsome young man he is.
In Thailand, touching a person’s head is strictly taboo because that is the (35)________ part of
the body, and it is where the (36)________ is thought to reside in a person. Although very close family
members might touch a child on the head, even this is considered rude after a child grows up.
In the Middle East and some parts of Asia, the left hand is used to wash oneself after using
a toilet. (37)________, the left hand can never offered to another person or used to eat with. Food
must always be passed with the right hand, and it is considered polite to always use the right
hand for social interactions.
Question 33. A. give B. commit C. take D. cause
Question 34. A. do B. tidy up C. mess up D. spoil
Question 35. A. tallest B. most distant C. highest D. most remote
Question 36. A. brain B. personality C. quality D. soul
Question 37. A. But B. However C. Therefore D. Moreover
Read the following text then answer the questions that followed by circling its corresponding
letter marked A, B, C or D from 38 to 42.
Sometimes you know things about people the first time you see them, for example, that
you want to be friends with them or that you don’t trust them. But perhaps this kind of intuition
isn’t as hard to explain as it may seem. For instance, people give out their body language signals
all the time. The way you hold your body, head and arms tells people about your mood. If you hold
your arms tightly at your sides, or fold them across your chest, people will generally feel that you
are being defensive. Holding your head to one side shows interest in the other, while an easy,
open posture indicates that you are self- confident. All this affects the way you feel about
someone.
Also, a stranger may remind you of a meeting with someone. This may be because of
something as simple as the fact that he or she is physically similar to someone who treated you
well or badly. Your feelings about a stranger could be influenced by a smell in the air that brings
to mind a place where you were happy as a child. Since even a single word can bring back a
memory such as that, you may never realize it is happening.
Question 38. What does the word “open” in the passage most closely mean?
A. unlimited B. enlarged C. relaxed D. not shut
Question 39. What influences your impression of a person you meet in the first time?
A. familiarity B. intuition C. feeling D. knowledge
Question 40. What one feels about a stranger may be influenced by something that_________.
A. revives one’s past memories B. points to one’s childhood
C. strengthen one’s past behaviors D. reminds one of one’s past treatment
Question 41. What does the second paragraph discuss?
A. Meaning of signals one implies toward a stranger
B. Factors that cause people to act differently
C. How people usually behave to a stranger
D. Factors that may influence one’s feeling about a stranger
Question 42. Intuition described in the passage can be explained by means of_________.
A. signals B. languages C. behaviors D. styles
Read the following text then answer the questions that followed by circling its corresponding
letter marked A, B, C or D from 43 to 50.
Since water is the basis of life, composing the greater part of the tissues of all living things,
the crucial problem of desert animals is to survive in a world where sources of flowing water are
rare. And since man’s inexorable necessity is to absorb large quantities of water at frequent
intervals, he can scarcely comprehend that many creatures of the desert pass their entire lives
without a single drop. Uncompromising as it is, the desert has not a limited life but only those
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 44
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
forms unable to withstand its desiccating effects. No moist skinned, water-loving animals can
exist there. Few large animals are found. The giants of the North American desert are the deer, the
coyote, and the bobcat. Since desert country is open, it holds more swift-footed running and
leaping creatures than the tangled forest. Its population is largely nocturnal, silent, filled with
reticence, and ruled by stealth. Yet they are not emaciated. Having adapted to their austere
environment, they are as healthy as animals anywhere else in the world. The secret of their
adjustment lies in the combination of behavior and physiology.
None could survive, like mad dogs and Englishmen, if they went out in the midday sun,
many would die in a matter of minutes. So most of them pass the burning hours asleep in cool,
humid burrows underneath the ground, emerging to hunt only by night. The surface of the sun-
baked desert averages around 150 degrees, but 18 inches down the temperature is only 60
degrees.
Question 43. The title for this passage could be_________.
A. “Desert Plants” B. “Man’s Life in a Desert Environment”
C. “Life Underground” D. “Animal Life in a Desert Environment”
Question 44. The word “tissues” in the passage mostly means_________.
A. “very small living things that cause infectious disease in people, animals and plants”
B. “collections of cells that form the different parts of humans, animals and plants”
C. “the simplest forms of life that exist in air, water, living and dead creatures and plants”
D. “the smallest units of living matter that can exist in their own”
Question 45. Man can hardly understand why many animals live their whole life in the desert,
as_________.
A. very few large animals are found in the desert
B. sources of flowing water are rare in a desert
C. water composes the greater part of the tissues of living things
D. water is an essential part of his existence
Question 46. The phrase “those forms” in the passage refers to all of the followings
EXCEPT_________.
A. moist-skinned animals B. the coyote and the bobcat
C. water-loving animals D. many large animals
Question 47. The author mentions all the following as examples of the behavior of desert animals
EXCEPT_________.
A. they are noisy and aggressive B. they dig home underground
C. they sleep during the day D. they are watchful and quiet
Question 48. The word “emaciated” in the passage mostly means_________.
A. “thin and weak because of lack of food and water”
B. “living or growing in natural conditions, not kept in a house or on a farm”
C. “large and strong, difficult to control or deal with”
D. “able to get what one wants in a clever way, especially by tricking or cheating”
Question 49. According to the passage, one characteristic of animals living in the desert is that_________.
A. they live in an accommodating environment
B. they can hunt in temperature of 150 degrees
C. they are smaller and fleeter than forest animals
D. they are less healthy than animals living in other places
Question 50. We can infer from the passage that_________.
A. living things adjust to their environment B. desert life is colorful and diverse
C. water is the basis of desert life D. healthy animals live longer lives
_______HẾ T________
TIẾT 44 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 17. RELATIVE CLAUSES (MỆ NH ĐỀ QUAN HỆ )
Relative pronouns:
Subject Object Possessive
For persons who whom/who whose
that that
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 45
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
For things which which whose/of which
that that
1. WHO: Là đạ i từ quan hệ chỉ ngườ i, dù ng để thay thế cho danh từ chỉ ngườ i, là m chủ ngữ
hay tâ n ngữ cho mệnh đề quan hệ. e.g. The man who told you I was out met me in the
park.
2. WHOM: Là đạ i từ quan hệ chỉ ngườ i, dù ng để thay thế cho danh từ chỉ ngườ i, là m tâ n
ngữ cho mệnh đề quan hệ. e.g. The one to whom he wanted to talk was out.
3. WHOSE: Là tính từ quan hệ chỉ ngườ i, dù ng để thay thế cho tính từ sở hữ u, kết hợ p vớ i
mộ t danh từ , là m chủ ngữ hay tâ n ngữ cho mệnh đề quan hệ.
e.g. This is the lady whose son cheated me.
4. WHICH: Là đạ i từ quan hệ chỉ vậ t, dù ng để thay thế cho danh từ chỉ vậ t, là m chủ ngữ hay
tâ n ngữ củ a mệnh đề quan hệ.
e.g. The book which you liked was sold. This is the bike which is my birthday present.
5. THAT: Là đạ i từ quan hệ thay thế, dù ng để thay thế cho cá c đạ i từ quan hệ như WHO,
WHICH, là m chủ ngữ hay tân ngữ cho mệnh đề quan hệ, ngoà i ra cò n đượ c sử dụ ng trong câ u
chẻ. e.g. The book that you liked was sold. The one that told you I was out met me in the
park.
6. WHEN: Là trạng từ quan hệ chỉ thờ i gian, sử dụ ng trong mệnh đề quan hệ trạng ngữ chỉ
thờ i gian. e.g. The day when she left was rainy. The time when we reunite is uncertain.
7. WHERE: Là trạng từ quan hệ chỉ nơi chố n, sử dụ ng trong mệnh đề quan hệ trạng ngữ chỉ
nơi chố n. e.g. This is the house where he lived in his childhood.
8. WHY: Là trạ ng từ quan hệ chỉ lí do, nguyên nhâ n, sử dụ ng trong mệnh đề quan hệ trạ ng
ngữ chỉ nguyên nhâ n. e.g. The reason why she left was unknown.

TIẾT 45 Ngày dạy………../………../2020


CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 17. RELATIVE CLAUSES (MỆ NH ĐỀ QUAN HỆ )
Question 01. An endangered species is the one_________ population is so small that it is in danger of
becoming extinct. 
A. which B. what  C. whose D. who
Question 02. Many of the pictures_________ from outer space are presently on display in the public
library.
A. sending B. sent C. having sent D. were sent
Question 03. You shouldn't have talked to your teacher like that, _________ was very rude.
A. which B. that C. it D. who
Question 04. The scientist_________ invention was a success became famous.
A. who B. whose C. which D. that
Question 05. The vegetables_________ in this supermarket are grown without chemicals.
A. are sold B. sold C. are selling D. selling
Question 06. Emma Thompson is the most famous actress_________ on stage here.
A. appeared B. is appeared C. appearing D. is appearing
Question 07. At the party, we met and talked to some interesting people, ________ became our best
friend later on.
A. one of them B. one of whom C. most of them D. they
Question 08. Do you see the notice_________ people not to enter the military zone?
A. is warning B. warning C. is warned D. warned
Question 09. Hamlet, _________ was written by Shakespeare in 1600, is considered to be his greatest work.
A. which B. that C. whose D. who
Question 10. I wasn't interested in the things________ which they were talking.
A. in B. on C. at D. about
Question 11. The house__________ which I am living is not in very good condition
A. in B. on C. at D. for
Question 12. My brother Jim, __________ lives in Houston, is a doctor.
A. that B. who C. whom D. which
Question 13. Brad told me about his new job, __________ he's enjoying very much.
A. that B. who C. whom D. which
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 46
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
Question 14. We stayed at the Grand Hotel, __________ Ann recommended to us.
A. who B. whom C. which D. that
Question 15. My English teacher, __________ comes from Australia, loves computers.
A. who B. whom C. which D. that
Question 16. She is the most beautiful girl__________ ever lived.
A. who B. whom C. whose D. that
Question 17. There were two small rooms in the beach house__________ served as a kitchen.
A. the smaller of which B. the smallest of which
C. the smaller of them D. smallest of that
Question 18. The decision was postponed, __________ was exactly what he wanted.
A. which B. that C. who D. whom
Question 19. All the people__________ have gone into the room are still young.
A. who B. whom C. whose D. that
Question 20. The year__________ he died was full of calamities.
A. on which B. which C. in which D. where
TIẾT 46 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 18. REDUCED CLAUSES (MỆ NH ĐỀ QUAN HỆ )
1. Present Participle Phrases: (V-ING phrases replace relative clauses) Có thể dù ng mộ t ngữ danh
độ ng từ V-ING để thay thế cho mệnh đề quan hệ nếu độ ng từ chính củ a mệnh đề đó ở thể chủ độ ng.
e.g. The man who is sitting next to you is Mr. Mike. → The man sitting next to you is Mr. Pike.
Do you know the boy who broke the window yesterday?
→ Do you know the boy breaking the window yesterday?
2. Past Participle Phrases: (V-ED phrases replace relative clauses) Có thể dù ng mộ t ngữ tính từ
V-ED để thay thế cho mệnh đề quan hệ nếu độ ng từ chính củ a mệnh đề đó ở thể bị độ ng.
e.g. The man who was arrested by the police is Mr. Mike.
→ The man arrested by the police is Mr. Pike.
Do you know the boy who was punished by the headmaster yesterday?
→ Do you know the boy punished by the headmaster yesterday?
3. Infinitive Phrases: (to V phrases replace relative clauses) Có thể dù ng mộ t ngữ độ ng từ to
infinitives để thay thế cho mệnh đề quan hệ trong trườ ng hợ p mệnh đề có chứ a cá c từ FIRST,
SECOND, THIRD, LAST, ONLY... có thể dù ng vớ i cấ u trú c “for O + to V”, hoặ c mộ t số mệnh đề mang
tính rà ng buộ c nhiệm vụ …
e.g. English is an important language which we have to master.
→ English is an important language to master/ for us to master.
He is the only one who knows the answer. → He is the only one to know the answer.
4. Noun Phrases: (Noun phrases replace relative clauses) Có thể dù ng mộ t hoặc mộ t cụ m danh từ để
thay thế cho mệnh đề quan hệ nếu mệnh đề đó mang ngữ danh từ (thườ ng chỉ nghề nghiệp).
e.g. Mr. Ba, who is our new form teacher, is a good teacher.
→ Mr. Ba, our new form teacher, is a good teacher.
The man who is the new manager of the office is still young.
→ The man - the new manager of the office - is still very young.
5. Adjectival Phrases: (Adjectival phrases replace relative clauses) Có thể dù ng mộ t hoặ c mộ t
cụ m tính từ để thay thế cho mệnh đề quan hệ.
e.g. The streets which are crowded with population have no interest in learning.
→ The streets crowded with population have no interest in learning.
The jobs which are easy to get are not always well-paid.
→ The jobs easy to get are not always well-paid.

TIẾT 47 Ngày dạy………../………../2020


CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 18. REDUCED CLAUSES (MỆ NH ĐỀ QUAN HỆ )
Question 01. The palace__________ many centuries ago remains practically intact.
A. building B. to build C. built D. people built
Question 02. The young man_________ after the court was found innocent of all the charges against him.
A. released B. to be released C. releasing D. to release

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 47
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
Question 03. Drastic measures should be taken to tackle the problems________ child abuse.
A. are involving B. to involve C. involving D. involved
Question 04. Once_________ off by the teacher, the class filed out of the room in silence.
A. being told B. have been told C. told D. having told
Question 05. The archaeological excavation_________ to the discovery of the ancient city lasted several years.
A. led B. leading C. to lead D. being led
Question 06. Florida, __________ the Sunshine state, attracts many tourists every year.
A. is known as B. that is known as C. which known as D. known as
Question 07. _________ high school, Nam attended a university in the city centre.
A. Having finished B. To have finished C. Having been finished D. To finish
Question 08. Applications_________ in after 30 April will not be considered.
A. send B. that is sent C. sent D. which sent
Question 09. The man_________ his car outside hasn’t come back for it yet.
A. whom leaving B. leaving C. left D. to leave
Question 10. Although________ about the dangers of nCoV, many people continue travelling to
Korea.
A. warned B. warning C. to be warned D. being warned
Question 11. The scientists_________ on this project try to find the solutions to air pollution.
A. working B. worked C. are working D. who working
Question 12. I really like the song Diem Xua just_________ by Hong Nhung.
A. having performed B. performed C. performing D. has been perform
Question 13. The bank has more than 100 branches__________ in a major urban area.
A. are located B. locating C. located D. having located
Question 14. The building_________ to withstand earthquakes collapsed yesterday in an earthquake.
How ironic!
A. was designed B. had been designed C. designed D. to be designed
Question 15. We should participate in the movements_________ to conserve the natural
environment.
A. organizing B. organized C. to organize D. which organize
Question 16. My favourite hobby is watching the work__________ by Shakespeare in the 20 century.
A. written B. is writing C. writes D. is written
Question 17. My grandmother__________ her whole life to looking after her children passed away.
A. paying B. using C. spending D. devoting
Question 18. I have a message for people__________ by the traffic chaos.
A. to delay B. who delay C. delayed D. who delaying
Question 19. We stood on the bridge_________ the two halves of the building.
A. connecting B. was connecting C. connected D. was connected
Question 20. The man_________ to the party has not yet come.
A. invited B. to invite C. inviting D. to inviting
TIẾT 48 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 19. CLEFT-SENTENCES (CÂ U CHẺ )
1. Subject focus: Nhấ n mạ nh tớ i chủ ngữ , chủ thể củ a hà nh độ ng hoặ c đố i tượ ng đượ c đề cậ p.
S - V → It be S that/ who V
e.g. Nam helped me a lot. → It was Nam who helped me a lot.
The book tells us a romantic story. → It is the book that tells us a romantic story.
He showed me the way here. → It was he who showed me the way
here.
2. Object focus: Nhấ n mạ nh tớ i tâ n ngữ , chủ thể nhậ n hay chịu tá c độ ng củ a hà nh độ ng.
S - V - O → It be O that - S - V
e.g. She bought the dictionary. → It was the dictionary that she bought.
We saw Mai at the party. → It was Mai that we saw at the party.
3. Adverbials focus: Nhấ n mạ nh tớ i trạ ng ngữ , đề cậ p tớ i thờ i gian, nơi chố n, cá ch thứ c, phương
phá p củ a hà nh vi.
S - V - A → It be A that S - V

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 48
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
e.g. We first met in this park. → It was in this park that we first met.
She left on a rainy day. → It was on a rainy day that she left.

TIẾT 49 Ngày dạy………../………../2020


CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 19. CLEFT-SENTENCES (CÂ U CHẺ )
Question 01. ___________ we all look for.
A. It is happiness that B. That happiness C. Happiness it is that D. Happiness it is
Question 02. ___________ my neighbors who rescued me from the fire.
A. It is B. It was C. That is D. This is
Question 03. ___________ me how to play the drum.
A. It was my uncle who taught C. It was my uncle taught
B. My uncle who taught D. It is my uncle teaching
Question 04. ___________ I bought the golden fish.
A. It was from this shop that C. It was this shop which
B. It was from this shop which D. It was this shop that
Question 05. ___________ those books on the desk?
A. Were it you who put B. Was it you that put C. It was you who put D. It is you that put
Question 06. ___________ we have to wait.
A. It is a long time that C. It is for a long time that
B. It is a long time for that D. It is for a long time when
Question 07. It is___________ they are going to, not Russia.
A. Spain B. Spain that C. Spain where D. in Spain that
Question 08. ___________ he heard the news.
A. It was three-week later that C. It was three-week later when
B. It was three weeks later when D. It was three weeks later that
Question 09. ___________ a high level of blood cholesterol.
A. It is eggs that contain C. It is eggs that contains
B. Those are eggs it contains D. It is eggs contain
Question 10. ___________ I first met him in that resort.
A. It was last winter when C. It was in last winter that
B. It was last winter D. It was the last winter which
Question 11. It is________ that has helped us to build this bridge.
A. he B. his C. him D. he’s
Question 12. It was the great efforts___________ to complete his study.
A. that made B. that he made C. that he made it D. he made it
Question 13. It is___________ we will leave for Paris.
A. April B. in April that C. April in that D. in April when
Question 14. ___________ on my part that I could not manage to deliver the goods on time.
A. An error B. That’s an error C. It was an error D. An error it was
Question 15. ___________ in sorrow than in anger that his parents criticized him on his failure.
A. It is B. It was C. It was much D. It was more
Question 16. ___________ took my document?
A. It is Peter that B. It was peter that C. Was it Peter that D. Was that Peter
Question 17. ___________ took my car.
A. It was you B. It were you C. It was you that D. It was you whom
Question 18. It was in 1990___________ I met my husband.
A. when B. which C. that D. 0
Question 19. ___________ England won the World Cup.
A. It was in 1966 that B. It was on 1966 that C. It was in 1966 when D. It was 1966 in that
Question 20. ___________ she was born.
A. It is in Paris where B. It was in Paris that C. It is in Paris, that D. It was in Paris where
TIẾT 50 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 20. PHRASES & CLAUSES OF PURPOSES (CHỈ MỤ C ĐÍCH)
1. Phrases of purpose: to V/ so as to V/ in order to V và dạ ng phủ định

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 49
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
S - V - to/ so as/ in order (not) + to infinitives
or: To/ so as/ in order (not) - to infinitives, S - V
e.g. To be better at English, he attended an evening class
He attended an evening class to be better at English.
2. Clause of purpose: Cá c mệnh đề chỉ mụ c đích thườ ng có cá c liên từ như “so that”/ “in order
that”/ “so”/ hay “therefore” đi kèm. Đi sau cá c liên từ nà y là mệnh đề chỉ kể quả và là tương lai
trong mố i quan hệ vớ i mệnh đề cò n lạ i.
S - V so that S - V
a. with “so that/ in order that”:
hay S - V in order that S - V
e.g. He attended an extra-class in order that he could improve his English.
b. with “so/ therefore”:
S - V, so S - V
hay S - V, therefore S - V
e.g. It rained so heavily, so we cancelled the trip.
He learned hard, therefore he got better and better grades.

TIẾT 51 Ngày dạy………../………../2020


CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 20. PHRASES & CLAUSES OF PURPOSES (CHỈ MỤ C ĐÍCH)
Question 01. Peter studies hard_________ pass the exam.
A. less B. so that C. to D. in order that
Question 02. A small fish needs camouflage to hide itself_________ its enemies cannot find it.
A. so that B. because C. therefore D. due to
Question 03. He felt ill, _________ he went to bed early.
A. and B. but C. or D. so
Question 04. We decided to join the English speaking club_________ improve our English.
A. so that B. so to C. in order D. to
Question 05. She worked hard_________ everything would be ready by 6 o’clock.
A. that B. for C. in order that D. so as to
Question 06. He gave me his address_________ me to visit.
A. so that B. in order for C. in order to D. in case
Question 07. She got up early_________ miss the bus.
A. in order that B. so that C. not to D. for
Question 08. Mr. Thompson is learning Vietnamese_________ to read Kim Van Kieu.
A. so that not B. so as to C. in order not to D. so as not to
Question 09. They hurried_________ catch the train.
A. to not B. as not to C. in order that not D. to
Question 10. We learn English_________ we will have better communication with other people.
A. so that B. in order for C. in order to D. in case
Question 11. Mary jogs everyday_________ lose weight.
A. so she can B. so that she can C. because she can D. so that to
Question 12. You should look up the meaning of the new in the dictionary_________ misuse it.
A. so as to B. to C. so as not to D. so that
Question 13. He lighted the candle_________ he might read the note.
A. so that B. and C. because D. as a result
Question 14. He turned off the lights before going out_________ waste electricity.
A. so that not B. as not to C. in order that not D. so as not to
Question 15. The school boys are in hurry_________ they will not be late for school.
A. so as to B. to C. in order that D. for
Question 16. He hid that letter in a drawer_________ no one could read it.
A. so that B. because C. although D. than
Question 17. The students study English___________ they can communicate with foreigners.
A. so that B. so / that C. in order to D. A & C
Question 18. He left home early_________ he could arrive at the station on time.
A. because of B. in order to C. although D. so that
Question 19. He works hard_________ help his family.
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 50
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
A. so as that B. in order to C. in order that D. A and B are correct
Question 20. The teacher was explaining the lesson slowly and clearly_________.
A. to make his students to understand it
B. in order that his students can understand it
C. so as to that his students could understand it
D. so that his students could understand it
TIẾT 52 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
REVIEW 02
I. Choose the sentence that is similar in meaning to the one given.
Question 01. My shoes need cleaning.
A. I need to clean my shoes. B. Cleaning is needed for my shoes.
C. I have to clean my shoes. D. I need to have my shoes cleaned.
Question 02. You ought to make up your mind now.
A. Making up your mind is necessary. B. You should have made up your mind.
C. It is time you made up your mind. D. It is possible to make up your mind.
Question 03. There's no water left. I'm afraid.
A. I'm afraid we are running out water. B. Water is running out of, I am afraid.
C. Only water is left, I am afraid. D. I'm afraid we have run out of water.
Question 04. We should limit the pollution; otherwise we will die.
A. Limit the pollution or we will die. B. We will die if we limit the pollution.
C. Limit the pollution and we will die. D. We will die unless we don't limit the
pollution.
II. Choose the word marked A, B, C, or D which is stressed differently from the rest.
Question 05. A. reference B. consider C. insurance D. available
Question 06. A. engineer B. average C. candidate D. applicant
III. Choose the word marked A, B, C, or D whose underlined part is pronounced differently.
Question 07. A. sour B. social C. science D. sure
Question 08. A. chaos B. chase C. choice D. charge
IV. Select the ANTONYM of the following bold and underlined word in each sentence.
Question 09. The doctor advised Peter to give up smoking.
A. stop B. finish C. continue D. consider
Question 10. Thousands are going starving because of the failure of this year's harvest.
A. hungry B. rich C. poor D. full
V. Select the SYNONYM of the following bold and underlined word in each sentence.
Question 11. It is imperative that they finish the task on time.
A. unnecessary B. suggested C. necessary D. hoped
Question 12. I just want to stay at home and watch TV and take it easy.
A. sit down B. relax C. eat D. sleep
VI. Choose the word or phrase marked A, B, C, or D that best fits each space in the following
text.
The relationship between students and teachers is (13)________ formal in the USA than in
many other countries, especially at the college level. American college students do not stand up
when their teacher enters the room. Students are generally encouraged to ask questions in class,
to stop in the professor of lice for extra help, and to phone if they are absent and need a(n)
(14)________. Most teachers allow students to enter class late or leave early, if necessary. Despite
the lack of formality, students are still expected to be polite to their teacher and fellow classmates.
When students want to ask questions, they usually (15)________ a hand and wait to be called on.
When the teacher or a student is speaking to the class, it is rude to begin whispering (16)________
another classmate. When a test is being given, talking to' a classmate is not only rude but also
risky. Most American teachers consider that students who are talking to each other (17)________ a
test are cheating.
Question 13. A. much B. a little C. most D. less
Question 14. A. homework B. assignment C. information D.
housework

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 51
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
Question 15. A. raise B. rise C. hold D. hang
Question 16. A. at B. to C. with D. for
Question 17. A. by B. for C. at D. during
VII. Choose the word or phrase marked A, B, C, or D that best completes each sentence.
Question 18. Nobody seemed to be interested in the news. It was greeted with a lack of___________.
A. enthusiastic B. enthusiastically C. enthusiasm D. enthusiast
Question 19. If you understand a matter thoroughly, that means you understand it_________.
A. hardly B. hard C. scarcely D. completely
Question 20. I wish I___________ Bob the money; he spent it all gambling.
A. didn't lend B. wouldn't lend C. hadn't lent D. weren't lending
Question 21. ___________ you known he was a liar, would you have agreed to support him?
A. If B. Had C. Since D. Did
Question 22. Hard___________ he tried, the second runner could not catch up with the first one.
A. as B. that C. for D. so
Question 23. Angela is not only a capable reporter___________ a promising writer.
A. or B. and C. as well as D. but also
Question 24. It was very kind___________ us to your party.
A. for you to invite B. of you invited C. of you to invite D. to you that invited
Question 25. Is English a compulsory subject or a(n)___________ one at high school here?
A. obligatory B. mandatory C. optional D. obliging
Question 26. There's nothing you can do___________ me change my mind.
A. to make B. makes C. make D. making
Question 27. - Bean: "Is your name Peter?" - Bob: "____________________."
A. Yes, it's me B. Yes, it is C. Yes, I do D. Yes, I am Peter
Question 28. - Carol: "Let's have a pizza." - Cook: "___________________!"
A. Not again B. Not really C. It doesn't matter D. It’s a good idea
Question 29. My bike, ___________ I had left at the gate, had disappeared.
A. whose B. which C. that D. when
Question 30. Wendy got a part-time job___________ she would be able to pay for school expenses.
A. unless B. although C. so that D. but
Question 31. ___________ did it take you to get used to wearing glasses?
A. How much B. How long C. How far D. How often
Question 32. In___________ most social situations, ___________ informality is appreciated.
A. 0/ 0 B. the/ a C. a/ the D. the/ an
VIII. Choose the option marked A, B, C, or D that best completes each of the following
sentences.
A survey is a study, generally in the form of an interview or a questionnaire, which
provides information concerning how people think and act. In the United States, the best-known
surveys are the Gallup poll and the Harris poll. As anyone who watches the news during presiden-
tial campaigns knows, these polls have become an important part of political life in the United
States.
North Americans are familiar with the many "person on the street" interviews on local
television news shows. While such interviews can be highly entertaining, they are not necessarily
an accurate indication of public opinion. First, they reflect the opinions of only those people who
appear at a certain location. Thus, such samples can be biased in favor of commuters, middle-class
shoppers, or factory workers, depending on which area the new people select. Second, television
interviews tend to attract outgoing people who are willing to appear on the air, while they
frighten away others who may feel intimidated by a camera. A survey must be based on a precise,
representative sampling if it is to genuinely reflect a broad range of the population.
Question 33. According to the passage, one advantage of live interviews over questionnaires is
that live interviews__________.
A. costless B. can produce more information
C. minimize the influence of the researcher D. are easier to interpret
Question 34. According to the passage, the main disadvantage of person-on-the-street interviews is that
they__________.
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 52
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
A. are used only on television B. reflect political opinions
C. are not based on a representative sampling D. are not carefully worded
Question 35. The main purpose of the passage is to__________.
A. define what a survey is B. reflect a broad range of the population
C. explain the kinds of opinion D. decide what a survey is
Question 36. The word "precise" is closest in meaning to__________.
A. accurate B. rational C. required D. planned
Question 37. The word "they" refers to___________.
A. news shows B. North Americans C. interviews D. opinions
IX. Choose the underlined part marked A, B, C, or D in each sentence that should be corrected.
Question 38. While the Browns were away on holiday, their house was broke into.
A. broke into B. were C. the D. away
Question 39. There have been a report of several bombings by terrorist groups.
A. terrorist B. bombings C. several D. have been
Question 40. If Al had come sooner, he could has eaten dinner with the whole family.
A. sooner B. with C. has eaten D. the whole
__________HẾ T__________
TIẾT 53+54 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
TEST YOURSELF 04
SỞ GD&ĐT…………………… KÌ THI TRUNG HỌC PHỔ THÔNG QUỐC GIA NĂM 2021
TRƯỜ NG THPT……………….. Bà i thi: NGOẠ I NGỮ ; Mô n thi: TIẾ NG ANH 68
(Đề thi gồm. 05 trang) Thời gian làm bài. 60 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 01. A. thanked B. belonged C. cooked D. laughed
Question 02. A. sour B. hour C. pour D. flour
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the
other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 03. A. verbal B. signal C. common D. attract
Question 04. A. academic B. inorganic C. understanding D. uncertainty
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 05. Everyone thinks that the concert last night was extremely successful, _________?
A. don’t they B. doesn’t he C. was it D. wasn’t it
Question 06. If__________, that tree would look more impressive.
A. it is done carefully B. being done careful
C. it were careful done D. it were done carefully
Question 07. By the year 2060, many people currently employed__________ the job.
A. have lost B. will be losing C. will have lost D. are losing
Question 08. Nam is motivated to study__________ he knows that a good education can improve his
life.
A. so that B. therefore C. so D. because
Question 09. We should make full use__________ the Internet as it is an endless source of
information
A. of B. in C. with D. from
Question 10. A telephone is a machine__________ for the purpose of talking to another person.
A. design B. designer C. designed D. designs.
Question 11. __________, she received a big applause.
A. Once finishing her lecture B. Speaking has finished
C. After she finishes speaking D. When the speaker finished
Question 12. The new students hope__________ in many of the school’s social activities.
A. including B. being included C. to include D. to be included
Question 13. On Christmas Eve children go to bed full__________ excitement.
A. of B. with C. up D. in
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 53
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
Question 14. It’s important to know about how developed countries have solved the urbanization
problems and__________ some solutions to those in Viet Nam.
A. think B. advise C. expect D. propose
Question 15. Since he failed his exam, he had to__________ for it again
A. pass B. make C. take D. sit
Question 16. Tim’s encouraging words gave me__________ to undertake the task once again.
A. a point B. an incentive C. a resolution D. a target
Question 17. I've just spent two weeks looking__________ an aunt of mine who's been ill.
A. at B. for C. out for D. after
Question 18. You should start revising for your exam as soon as possible. Any delay will result
in__________ time being lost.
A. invaluable B. vital C. priceless D. conclusive
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in
meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 19. Mark was a reckless driver. He had been fined for speeding and had his licence
suspended for 3 months.
A. dangerous B. cautious C. patient D. considerate
Question 20. Now, when so many frogs were killed, there were more and more insects.
A. lesser and lesser B. fewer and fewer C. lesser and fewer D. less and less
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 21. School uniform is compulsory in most of Vietnamese schools
A. depended B. paid C. required D. divided
Question 22. My sister said that the journey by sea was long and boring. However, I found it very
interesting.
A. route B. flight C. excursion D. voyage
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the option that best completes
each of the following exchanges.
Question 23. Jack is talking to Mary about watching TV.
- Jack: “_________________?” - Mary: “Not now, but I used to.”
A. Do you watch TV very often B. Won’t you have some tea
C. Are you going to bed D. Did you enjoy it
Question 24. John was in Hanoi and wanted to send a parcel to his parents. He asked a local
passer-by the way to the post-office.
- John: “Can you show me the way to the nearest post office, please?”
- Passer-by: “__________________”
A. No way! I hate him. B. Just round the corner over there.
C. Look it up in a dictionary! D. There’s no traffic near here.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 25 to 29.
The warming ot the Earth is caused by exhaust gas from automobile engines, factories and
power (25)________. Carbon dioxide goes up into the atmosphere, and it form a kind of screen that
keeps or allows the sunshine in but stop the Earth heat (26)________ getting out. It works like a
greenhouse, that’s why we call (27)________ the Green House effect.
Because ot this effect, the Earth is getting warmer alt the time. This (28)________ in
temperature will cause big changes to the world’s climate. The sea level will increase as the ice
(29)________ the poles will melt.
Question 25. A. companies B. factories C. sites D. stations
Question 26. A. from B. up C. against D. away
Question 27. A. is B. be C. it D. them
Question 28. A. raise B. rise C. drop D. fall
Question 29. A. covering B. covers C. covered D. cover
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct answer to each of the questions from 30 to 34.

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 54
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
In today's competitive world, what responsible parent would not want to give their
children the best possible start in life? For this reason, many parents want their children, often as
young as ten months old, to become familiar with computers. They seem to think that if their
children grow up with computers, they will be better equipped to face the challenges of the future.
No one has proved that computers make children more creative or more intelligent. The
truth may even be the opposite. Educational psychologists claim that too much exposure to
computers, especially for the very young, may negatively affect normal brain development.
Children gain valuable experience of the world from their interaction with physical objects. Ten-
month-old babies may benefit more from bumping their heads or putting various objects in their
mouths than they will from staring at eye-catching cartoons. A four-year-old child can improve
hand-eye coordination and understand cause and effect better by experimenting with a crayon
than by moving a cursor around a computer screen. So, as educational psychologists suggest,
instead of government funding going to more and more computer classes, it might be better to
devote resources to music and art programs.
It is ludicrous to think that children will fall behind if they are not exposed to computers
from an early age. Time is too precious to spend with a "mouse". Now is the time when they
should be out there learning to ride a bike. There will be time later on for them to start banging
away at keyboards.
Question 30. What would be an appropriate title for this passage?
A. Never too early to start B. Let kids be kids
C. Computers in schools D. More computers mean brighter future
Question 31. Children who spend a lot of time on their computers__________.
A. do not necessarily make more progress than those who don't.
B. tend to like music and art more than those who don't.
C. will suffer from brain damage.
D. tend to have more accidents than those who don't.
Question 32. The pronoun “they” in paragraph 2 refers to_________.
A. heads B. babies C. objects D. mouths
Question 33. What is TRUE according to the passage?
A. It is better for children to take computer lessons than art lessons.
B. Parents should not put off buying a computer for their children.
C. Computers seriously harm children's eyesight.
D. There is no evidence that children who use computers are cleverer than those who do
not.
Question 34. The word "ludicrous" paragraph 3 mostly means__________.
A. ridiculous B. humorous C. ironic D. sensible
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.
Because writing has become so important in our culture, we sometimes think of it as more
real than speech. A little thought, however, will show why speech is primary and writing
secondary to language. Human beings have been writing (as far as we can tell from surviving
evidence) for at least 5000 years; but they have been talking for much longer, doubtless ever since
there have been human beings.
When writing did develop, it was derived from and represented speech, although
imperfectly. Even today there are spoken languages that have no written form. Furthermore, we
all learn to talk well before we learn to write; any human child who is not severely handicapped
physically or mentally will learn to talk. A normal human being cannot be prevented from doing
so. On the other hand, it takes a special effort to learn to write. In the past many intelligent and
useful members of society did not acquire the skill, and even today many who speak languages
with writing systems never learn to read or write, while some who learn the rudiments of those
skills do so only imperfectly.
To affirm the primacy of speech over writing is not, however, to disparage the latter. One
advantage writing has over speech is that it is more permanent and makes possible the records
that any civilization must have. Thus, if speaking makes us human, writing makes us civilized
Question 35. We sometimes think of writing as more real than speech because__________.
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 55
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
A. writing is secondary to language
B. human beings have been writing for at least 5000 years
C. it has become very important in our culture
D. people have been writing since there have been human beings
Question 36. The author of the passage argues that_________.
A. speech is more basic to language than writing
B. writing has become too important in today’s society
C. everyone who learns to speak must learn to write
D. all languages should have a written form
Question 37. According to the passage, writing_________.
A. is represented perfectly by speech B. represents-speech, but not perfectly
C. developed from imperfect speech D. is imperfect, but less so than speech
Question 38. Normal human beings
A. learn to talk after learning to write B. learn to write before learning to talk
C. learn to write and to talk at the same time D. learn to talk before learning to write
Question 39. Learning to write is__________.
A. easy B. quick C. not easy D. very easy
Question 40. In order to show that learning to write requires effort, the author gives the example
of__________.
A. people who learn the rudiments of speech B. severely handicapped children
C. intelligent people who couldn’t write D. people who speak many languages
Question 41. In the author’s judgment__________.
A. writing has more advantages than speech
B. writing is more real than speech
C. speech conveys ideas less accurately than writing does
D. speech is essential but writing has important benefits
Question 42. The word “advantage” in the last paragraph most closely means
A. “rudiments” B. “skill” C. “domination” D. “benefit”
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction in each of the following questions.
Question 43. The Smiths travell rarely to the United States by plane.
A. The Smiths B. travell rarely C. the D. by plane
Question 44. Facebook.com’s server IP address could not find in Google Chrome browser because
of the error of Internet connection.
A. Facebook.com’s B. could not find C. because of D. Internet connection
Question 45. Whenever my close friend has some troubles solving the thorny problems, I am
willing to give him an arm.
A. Whenever B. solving C. thorny D. an arm
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to each of the following questions.
Question 46. If you practise harder, you will have better results.
A. The harder you practise, the best results vou will have.
B. The more hardly you practise, the better results you will have.
C. The hardest you practise, the most results vou will have.
D. The harder you practise, the better results vou will have.
Question 47. “John left here an hour ago,” said Jane.
A. Jane told me that John had left there an hour before.
B. Jane said John left there an hour before.
C. Jane told John to have left there an hour before.
D. Jane told me that John to leave there an hour before.
Question 48. It is possible that the fire in the ship was started by a bomb.
A. They say that a bomb started the fire in the ship
B. The fire in the ship might have been started by a bomb
C. It shall be said the fire in the ship had been started by a bomb
D. The fire in the ship is known to have been started by a bomb
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 56
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines
each pair of sentences in the following questions.
Question 49. John is fat because he eats so many chips.
A. If John doesn’t eat so many chips, he will not be fat.
B. If John didn’t eat so many chips, he would not be fat.
C. John is fat though he eats so many chips.
D. being fat, John eats so many chips
Question 50. Just after the play started there was a power failure.
A. No earlier had the play started than there was a power failure.
B. Hardly did the play start then there was a power failure.
C. No sooner did the play start before there was a power failure.
D. Hardly had the play started when there was a power failure.
_______HẾ T________

TIẾT 55 Ngày dạy………../………../2020


CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 21. PHRASES & CLAUSES OF CONCESSIONS (CHỈ SỬ NHƯỢ NG BỘ )
1. Phrases of concession with: despite/ in spite of (mặc dù) Đi liền sau cá c thà nh ngữ nà y là cá c
danh từ hoặ c ngữ danh từ theo cô ng thứ c:
Despite N/ N phrases, S – V
In spite of
hay S – V in spite of N/ N phrases
despite
e.g. Despite his physical handicap, he has become a successful businessman.
2. Clauses of concession: có nhiều hình thứ c liên từ sử dụ ng cho mệnh đề chỉ sự nhượ ng bộ , dướ i
đâ y là và i trong số đó ;
2.1. with “though, although, even though”: mệnh đề chỉ sự nhượ ng bộ vớ i lthough, even though,
though. Đi sau cá c liên từ nà y là cá c mệnh đề đầ y đủ , như cô ng thứ c duwois đâ y:
Although although
Though S - V, S - V hay S – V - though -S-V
Even though even though
Eg. Although he has a physical handicap, he has become a successful businessman.
Chú ý: though có thể đượ c đặ t ở cuố i câ u ngă n cá ch bở i dấ u”,” và cho nghĩa “tuy nhiên” như
however.
e.g. He promised to call me, but till now I haven’t received any call from him, though.
2.2. with “despite/ in spite of the fact that”: theo cô ng thứ c dướ i đâ y:
Despite the fact that S – V, S - V
In spite of
hay S - V despite the fact that S - V
in spite of
e.g. In spite of the fact that the weather is bad, we are going to have a picnic.
2.3. with “however”: However đượ c dù ng trong mệnh đề chỉ sự nhượ ng bộ vớ i ý nghĩa “dù thế
nà o đi chă ng nữ a” và tuâ n theo mẫ u câ u sau:
However adj/ adv S – V, S – V = Hay S – V however adj/ adv S – V
e.g. However hard he tries, he fails the exam.
2.4. with “no matter how”: No matter how đượ c dù ng trong mệnh đề chỉ sự nhượ ng bộ vớ i ý
nghĩa “dù thế nà o đi chă ng nữ a” và tuâ n theo mẫ u câ u sau:
No matter how adj/ adv S – V, S – V
Hay S – V no matter how adj/ adv S – V
e.g. No matter how hard he tries, he fails the exam.
2.5. with “whatever”: whatever đượ c dù ng trong mệnh đề chỉ sự nhượ ng bộ vớ i ý nghĩa “dù bấ t
cứ cá i gì đi chă ng nữ a” và tuâ n theo mẫ u câ u sau:
Whatever (N) S – V, S – V = Hay S – V whatever S – V

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 57
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
e.g. Whatever (jobs) he tries, he fails to earn enough to support his family.
2.6. with “but”: Đượ c dù ng trong mệnh đề chỉ sự nhượ ng bộ vớ i ý nghĩa “nhưng” và tuân theo mẫu
câu:
S – V, but S – V
e.g. He tries hard, but he fails the exam.
TIẾT 56 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 21. PHRASES & CLAUSES OF CONCESSIONS (CHỈ SỬ NHƯỢ NG BỘ )
Question 01. _________ he is old, he wants to travel around the world.
A. In spite of B. Although C. Despite D. Because
Question 02. __________ my father has high blood pressure, he has to watch what he eats.
A. Although B. After C. Since D. Before
Question 03. __________she's got an English name, she is in fact Vietnamese.
A. Despite B. Although C. In spite of D. More than
Question 04. __________ you subtract 7 from 12, you will have 5.
A. Because B. If C. Though D. As
Question 05. They left the house__________ saying good-bye to their mother.
A. before B. after C. during D. in
Question 06. Mr. Young is not only healthy__________ also cheerful.
A. and B. both C. but D. with
Question 07. The class discussion was short. __________, we gained some new knowledge from it.
A. However B. Moreover C. Although D. Therefore
Question 08. __________ she spoke slowly, I couldn't understand her.
A. Since B. Although C. If D. As
Question 09. __________ you study harder, you will not win a scholarship.
A. Unless B. Because C. If D. In order that
Question 10. I have decided to buy that house. I won't change my mind_________ what you say.
A. no matter B. although C. because  D. whether
Question 11. She had butterflies in her stomach_________ having prepared carefully for the
interview.
A. although B. due to C. despite D. because
Question 12. Tom was still keen on his goal_________ the fact that it was very hard to achieve.
A. despite B. in spite C. although D. because
Question 13. Nowadays, the divorce rate is higher than it used to be_________ young people are
allowed to decide on their marriage.
A. despite B. but C. even though D. in spite of
Question 14. _________ she got the salary last week, she has complained that she is out of money.
A. Unless B. Even though C. In case D. As
Question 15. Geography is a very interesting subject. ________, very few people study it thoroughly.
A. And B. However C. Moreover D. So
Question 16. ________ I did not make a mistake, he scolded me out of the blue.
A. In spite of B. Because C. But D. Although
Question 17. _________ the bad weather, their plan still went ahead.
A. In terms of B. Regarded as C. In spite of D. Because of
Question 18.The doctors know that it is very difficult to save the patient's life; __________, they will try their
best.
A. although B. but C. despite D. however
Question 19. True Blood is my favourite TV series, ________ I don't have much time to watch it
often.
A. although B. before C. if D. yet
Question 20. __________ it is getting dark, she still waits for him.
A. Unless B. Since C. While D. Although
TIẾT 57 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 22. PHRASES & CLAUSES OF RESULTS (CHỈ KẾ T QUẢ )
1. Cause and effect with “too”/ “enough”:
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 58
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
a. too: Thườ ng vớ i “too” ta có cấ u trú c câ u sau:
S – be (look/ seem/ get/ become/…) – too adj (for O) – to V
S – V – too adv (for O) – to V
e.g. He is too short to play football. He ran too slowly to become the winner of the race.
b. enough: ta có cấ u trú c câ u sau:
S – be – adj enough (for O) – to V
hay S – V – adv enough (for O) – to V
e.g. She isn’t old enough to drive a car.
Lưu ý: “TOO” mang hà m ý phủ định “quá …khô ng thể’ nhưng “ENOUGH” lạ i có nghĩa “đủ …để”
2. Cause and effect with “so adj/ adv that”:
S – V – so – adj/ adv – that S – V
e.g. The soprano sang so well that she received a standing ovation.
3. Cause and effect with “so few/ many – Ns that”:
S – verb – so – few/ many – Ns – that – S – V
e.g. The Smiths had so many children that they formed their own baseball team.
4. Cause and effect with “so much/ little – uncountable N – that”:
S – verb – so – much/ little – uncountable N – that – S – V
e.g. He has invested so much money in the project that he cannot abandon it now.
5. Cause and effect with “such – a(n) – adj – N – that”:
S – verb – such – a(n) – adjective – N – that S – V
e.g. It was such a hot day that we decided to stay indoors.
6. Cause and effect with “so – adj – a(n) –N – that”:
S – V – so – adjective – a(n) – N – that S – V
e.g. It was so hot a day that we decided to stay indoors.
7. Cause and effect with “such –adj – Ns/ uncountable N – that”:
S – verb – such – adjective – Ns/ uncountable N – that S – V
e.g. She has such exceptional abilities that everyone is jealous of her.
TIẾT 58 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 22. PHRASES & CLAUSES OF RESULTS (CHỈ KẾ T QUẢ )
Question 01. These two girls__________ that I can’t tell them apart.
A. are so like B. are so alike C. are too like D. alike enough
Question 02. I don’t think our daughter is__________ to understand this matter
A. too young B. is such young C. not enough old D. not age enough
Question 03. Mrs. Harrison is__________ he owns many places.
A. so a rich man that B. such an rich man that
C. such a rich man that D. that so rich a man
Question 04. The ceiling is__________.
A. too high for me to reach B. too high for me to reach it
C. so high for me reaching D. enough high for me reaching
Question 05. The woman was so beautiful__________.
A. that I couldn’t help looking at B. that I couldn’t help looking at her
C. for me looking at her D. that for me to look at
Question 06. It is__________ that I would like to go to the beach.
A. such a nice weather B. too nice weather C. such nice weather D. such weather nice
Question 07. These are__________ that I can’t finish them.
A. a such long assignments B. such long assignments
C. such a long assignments D. too long assignments
Question 08. It is__________ that I have read it twice.
A. such an interesting book B. so interesting a book
C. too interesting a book D. A & B
Question 09. He__________ I was scared.
A. drove too fast that B. drove so fastly that C. drove so fast that D. drove such fast that
Question 10. She dances__________ everybody adores her.
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 59
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
A. such beautifully that B. so beautiful that C. so beautifully that D. too beautifully that
Question 11. It is__________ to go swimming
A. too cold B. so cold C. such a cold D. enough cold that
Question 12. Jane is__________ to do this exercise.
A. no intelligence enough B. not intelligent enough
C. not enough intelligent D. so intelligent enough
Question 13. I am__________ a car.
A. not rich enough to buy B. too rich enough to buy
C. too poor to buy D. A & C
Question 14. It’s_________ home from here.
A. too far walking B. too far for walking C. far to walk, too D. too far to walk
Question 15. The bed isn’t clean enough__________.
A. to lie in it B. to lie in C. for lying in D. in which to lie
Question 16. The piano was too heavy__________.
A. for nobody to move B. for nobody moving
C. for anyone to move D. for anyone to moving
Question 17. Have you got_________ for everyone to moving?
A. enough food B. food enough C. too food D. so food
Question 18. He_________ to be offered the job
A. was such in experienced B. was too inexperienced
C. not experienced enough D. B & C
Question 19. __________ to go to the cinema.
A. It was late so that B. That it was late C. It was too late D. Such too late
Question 20. We don’t__________ to go there now.
A. have time enough B. enough time C. have too time D. have enough time
TIẾT 59 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 23. PHRASES & CLAUSES OF REASONS (CHỈ NGUYÊ N NHÂ N)
I. Phrase of reason: Thô ng thườ ng, để diễn đạ t nguyên nhâ n qua mộ t cụ m từ ta dù ng mẫ u câ u:
Because of – N/ N phrase, S – V = Hay S – V because of – N/ N phrase
e.g. Because of the heavy rain, we couldn’t go out to get food.
Note: Trong mộ t số trườ ng hợ p ta có thể coi cá c cụ m từ sau như cụ m từ chỉ nguyên nhâ n:
a. “Thanks to – N/ N phrase”: Nhờ và o mộ t yếu tố ngoạ i cả nh tích cự c
e.g. Thanks to the development of technology, communication has been made
easier.
b. “due to – N/ N phrase”: Bở i mộ t yếu tố chủ quan tiêu cự c
e.g. Their trip turned out to be disastrous due to their bad plan.
c. “Owing to – N/ N phrase”: Do bở i mộ t yếu tố ngoạ i cả nh tiêu cự c
e.g. Owing to the heavy traffic, he was late for the meeting.
II. Clause of reason: Thô ng thườ ng, để diễn đạ t nguyên nhâ n qua mộ t mệnh đề ta dù ng mẫ u câ u:
Because S – V, S – V = Hay S – V because S – V
e.g. Because it rained heavily, we couldn’t go out to get food.
NOTE: Ngoà i việc sử dụ ng cấ u trú c câ u “Because S – V, S – V” như trình bà y ở trên, ta cò n dù ng cá c
liên từ “since” hay “as” vớ i ý nghĩa tương tự . Cụ thể như sau:
a. Since: dù ng chỉ lí do cho cá c lự chọ n mang tính thay thế
e,g, Since he had no money with him, he had to walk home.
b. As: dù ng chỉ lí do cho cá c lự chọ n mang tính thự c tế khá ch quan:
e.g. As he hadn’t prepared well for the test, he had bad results.
TIẾT 60 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 23. PHRASES & CLAUSES OF REASONS (CHỈ NGUYÊ N NHÂ N)
Question 01. Our visit to Japan was delayed_________ my wife’s illness.
A. because B. because of C. thanks to D. although
Question 02. He doesn't understand__________ he doesn't speak French very well.
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 60
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
A. whenever B. so that C. because D. before
Question 03. She is looking for a new job__________ she is tired of doing a routine job day after day.
A. since B. as C. because D. all are correct
Question 04. I haven't seen Tom__________ he gave me this book.
A. since B. for C. until D. before
Question 05. __________ he has a headache, he has to take an aspirin.
A. How B. Because C. Where D. Although
Question 06. Our visit to Japan was delayed__________ my wife's illness.
A. because B. because of C. thanks to D. though
Question 07. The flight had to be delayed__________ the bad weather.
A. because B. due to C. because of D. B and C
Question 08. I couldn't unlock it__________ I had the wrong key.
A. because B. so that C. since D. so
Question 09. He hasn't written to us__________ he left.
A. as long as B. since C. by the time D. as soon as
Question 10. I made a mistake__________ I was tired.
A. though B. so that C. because D. if
Question 11. The Vietnamese boy was regarded as a hero________ he dedicated his life to his
country.
A. although B. because of C. providing D. because
Question 12. __________ he is tired, he can't work longer.
A. Because B. Even though C. Although D. Besides
Question 13. __________ he wasn't ready in time, we went without him.
A. When B. Moreover C. As D. So
Question 14. It’s unsafe to travel in that country __________ the civil war.
A. in spite of B. despite C. due to D. A & B
Question 15. Many people don’t want to live in big cities ________ big cities are often heavily
polluted
A. but B. because C. and D. though
Question 16. I haven’t been climbing__________ I broke my leg last summer.
A. although B. since C. so that D. before
Question 17. He went to bed __________he was sleepy.
A. because B. so that C. because of D. although
Question 18. ___________ the storm warnings, we didn’t go out last night.
A. Because B. Because of C. Although D. In spite of
Question 19. You may get malaria__________ you are bitten by a mosquito.
A. if B. so that C. though D. before
Question 20. __________ she heard the door-bell ring, she did not answer it.
A. However B. Because C. Even though D. As if
TIẾT 61 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 24. CLAUSES OF SUBJUNCTIVES (MỆ NH ĐỀ GIẢ ĐỊNH)
I. The use of “as if/ as though”: (như thể là , cứ như là ) cá c mệnh đề giả định vớ i as if/ as
though thườ ng đượ c chia là m hai loạ i cụ thể dướ i đâ y:
1. The present sense: Nếu độ ng từ ở mệnh đề dẫ n đượ c chia ở thì hiện tạ i (simple
present), thì độ ng từ ở mệnh đề giả định sẽ chia ở thì quá khứ đơn (simple past), độ ng từ to
be đượ c chia là were vớ i mọ i chủ ngữ .
S - V(simple present) - as if/ as though - S - V(simple past)
e.g. The old lady dresses as if it were winter even in the summer. (It is not winter.)
2. The past sense: Nếu độ ng từ ở mệnh đề dẫ n đượ c chia ở thì quá khứ (simple past), thì
độ ng từ ở mệnh đề giả định sẽ chia ở thì quá khứ hoà n thà nh (past perfect).
S - V(simple past) - as if/ as though - S - V(past perfect)
e.g. Betty talked about the contest as if she had won the grand prize.
II. The use of wish and hope:
1. Hope: mong muố n, hi vọ ng – Cá c hà nh độ ng theo sau hope có thể diễn ra:

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 61
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
e.g. I hope that they will come.
2. Wish: Mong muố n, ướ c muố n. Cá c hà nh độ ng hoặ c là chưa, hoặ c là khô ng thể diễn ra.
a. Wish somebody something = chú c ai đó mộ t điều gì đó :
e.g. I wish him a happy birthday.
b. Wish to infinitive = mong muố n là m mộ t điều gì đó :
e.g. I wish to have a happy birthday.
c. Mong muố n là m mộ t điều gì đó sẽ diễn ra trong tương lai:
S - wish - (that) - S* - could/ would/ -V
Subject*: có thể là chính chủ thể, có thể là ngườ i khá c.
Eg. We wish that you could come to the party tonight. (You can’t come)
d. Mong muố n về mộ t điều gì đó đã khô ng diễn ra ở hiện tạ i:
S - wish - (that) - S* - V(simple past)
S - wished - (that) - S* - V(past perfect)
Eg. I wish that I had enough time to finish my homework.
e. Mong muố n về mộ t điều gì đó đã khô ng diễn ra ở quá khứ :
S - wish - (that) - S - V(past perfect)
S - wished - (that) - S* - V(past perfect)/could have - P 2
e.g. I wish that I had washed the clothes yesterday.
TIẾT 62 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 24. CLAUSES OF SUBJUNCTIVES (MỆ NH ĐỀ GIẢ ĐỊNH)
Question 01. I enjoyed the movie very much. I wish I ______ the book from which it was made.
A. have read B. had read C. should have read D. am reading
Question 02. You are late. If you_________ a few minutes earlier, you_________ him.
A. came/ would meet B. had come/ would have met
C. come/ will meet D. had come/ would meet
Question 03. I can’t stand him. He always talks as though he_________ everything.
A. knew B. knows C. has know D. had known
Question 04. His doctor suggested that he_________ short trip abroad.
A. will take B. would take C. take D. took
Question 05. We might have failed if you_________ us a helping hand.
A. have not given B. would not give C. had not given D. did not give
Question 06. The law requires that everyone_________ his car checked at least once a month.
A. has B. have C. had D. will have
Question 07. He was busy yesterday, otherwise he_________ to the meeting.
A. would come B. would have been C. could have been D. would be
Question 08. If there were no subjunctive mood, English_________ much easier.
A. will be B. would have been C. could have been D. would be
Question 09. _________ the fog, we should have reached our schoo1.
A. Because of B. In spite of C. In case of D. But for
Question 10. –“What will you do during winter vacation?”
–“I don’t know, but it’s about time_________ something.”
A. I decided B. I’ll decide C. I’d decided D. I’m deciding
Question 11. He was very busy yesterday, otherwise, he_________ to your birthday party.
A. would come B. came C. would have come D. should come
Question 12. The two strangers talked as if they_________ friends for years.
A. should be B. had been C. have been D. were
Question 13. Look! What you’ve done! You_________ have been more careful.
A. should B. may C. ought D. would
Question 14. Without electricity, what_________?
A. will the world be like B. would the world be like
C. the world will be like D. the World Would be like
Question 15. With your ability, you_________ out the puzzle within a few minutes.
A. could have worked B. need have worked C. ought have worked D. must have worked
Question 16. The police suggested that anyone who saw the accident_________ in touch with them.
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 62
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
A. get B. got C. had got D. would get
Question 17. It is essential_________.
A. for everyone know what to do in case of fire
B. that everyone know what to do in case of fire
C. that everyone to know what to do in case of fire
D. for everyone knows what to do in case of fire
Question 18. Miss Hong insisted that every student_________ their report by Friday.
A. finished B. finish C. finishes D. had finished
Question 19. The teacher insists_________ homework regularly.
A. that the student do B. that the student does
C. the student to do D. that the student is doing
Question 20. The teacher always_________ that the student make an outline before making an essay.
A. reports B. tells C. says D. recommends
TIẾT 63 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 25. CONDITIONAL SENTENSES (MỆ NH ĐỀ ĐIỀ U KIỆ N)
1. Conditional sentences type 1 (real condition) – Câ u điều kiện có thự c:.
will
If - S – V(simple present), S - shall – V (bare infinitives)
can
may
e.g. If I have the money, I will buy a new car.
2. Conditional sentences type 2 (unreal present condition) – Câ u điều kiện khô ng có thự c
ở hiện tạ i:.
would
If - S – V(simple past) , S - might -V
were should
e.g. If I had enough money now, I would buy this house.
Note. Độ ng từ to be đượ c chia là were vớ i mọ i chủ ngữ .
e.g. If I were you, I wouldn’t do such a thing. (but I’m not you)
3. Conditional sentences type 3 (unreal past condition) – Câu điều kiện khô ng có thự c ở quá
khứ : Kết quả không thể được thực hiện trong quá khứ bởi điều kiện chỉ là giả định.
would
If - S – had - past participles, S - should - have - past participles
could
might
e.g. If we hadn’t lost the way we could have been here in time.
II. More conditional sentence forms: Mộ t số loạ i câ u điều kiện đặ c biệt
1. For a habit: Mẫ u câ u dù ng để chỉ mộ t thó i quen củ a mộ t chủ thể nà o đó ta thự c hiện:
If - S – V(simple present) - S – V(simple
present)
e.g. John usually walks to school if he has enough time.
2. For a command: Mẫ u câ u dù ng để chỉ mộ t mệnh lệnh, sai khiến hay sự nhờ vả :
If – S – V(simple present), command form*
e.g. If you go to the Post Office, please mail this letter for me.
TIẾT 64 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 25. CONDITIONAL SENTENSES (MỆ NH ĐỀ ĐIỀ U KIỆ N)
Question 01. If I__________ the same problem you had as a child, I might not have succeeded in life
as well as you have.
A. have                 B. would have             C. had had                  D. should have
Question 02. I __________you sooner had someone told me you were in the hospital.
A. would have visited B. visited                     C. had visited              D. visit
Question 03. __________ more help, I would call my neighbor.
A. needed                 B. should I need         C. I have needed         D. I should need

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 63
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
Question 04. If she hadn’t helped her husband, he__________ his project.
A. won’t have finished B. couldn’t finish C. couldn’t have finished D. won’t be finished
Question 05. Do you think there would be less conflict in the world if all people__________ the same language?
A. spoke                 B. speak                      C. had spoken            D. will speak
Question 06. If you can give me one good reason for your acting like this, __________ this incident again.
A.  I will never mention B. I never mention     C. will I never mention D. I don’t mention
Question 07. If I had known you were asleep, I__________ so much noise when I came in.
A. didn’t make       B. wouldn’t have made  C. won’t make       D. don’t make
Question 08. Unless you__________ all of my questions, I can’t do anything to help you.
A. answered               B. answer                    C. would answer         D. are answering
Question 09. Had you told me that this was going to happen, I__________ it.
A. would have never believed B. don’t believe  C. hadn’t believed   D. can’t believe
Question 10. If Jake__________ to go on the trip, would you have gone?
A. doesn’t agree       B. didn’t agree          C. hadn’t agreed        D. wouldn’t agree
Question 11. _________ at the airport more early, he would have met his friend.
A. Then he arrived B. Had he arrived C. When he arrived D. He has arrived
Question 12. If you didn’t have to leave today, I________ you around the city.
A. have shown B. will show C. would show D. showed
Question 13. If Tom_________ a bit more ambitious, he would have found himself a better job years ago.
A. had been B. is C. were D. was
Question 14. If Mr. David_________ at the meeting, he would make a speech.
A. were B. had been C. was D. has been
Question 15. If we took the 6. 30 train, we_________ too early.
A. would have arrived B. arrived C. will arrived D. would arrive
Question 16. If she didn’t give us a hand, we__________ our project tomorrow
A. didn’t finish B. couldn’t finish C. couldn’t have finished D. won’t finish
Question 17. If I__________ in London now, I could visit British Museum.
A. were B. had been C. have been D. would be
Question 18. If you________ me to the meeting yesterday, I would have helped you.
A. had invited B. have invited C. invited D. would have invited
Question 19. If the weather is fine this weekend, we_________ to see our grandparents.
A. were going B. will go C. would do D. went
Question 20. __________ his assistance in those days, I would not be so successful now.
A. Had it not been for B. Unless I had C. If there were not D. If it had not for
TIẾT 65 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 26. PREDICTION-DEDUCTION-SPECULATION (THỨ C SUY DIỄ N)
1. Prediction: Dự đoá n mộ t điều chưa xả y ra.
1.1. likely/ unlikely:
It is likely/unlikely that S will V.
There is a likelihood/ an unlikelihood that S will V.
S be likely/ unlikely to V.
e.g. The situation is likely to be better.
1.2. will/ be going to V: diễn ta dự đoá n về tương lai
S will V
S be going to V
e.g. The situation will be better.
They are going to build a bridge over the river.
1.2. may: diễn ta dự đoá n về điều kiện ngoạ i cả nh
S may V
2. Deduction: Suy luậ n về thự c tạ i.
must (mustn’t)
can (can’t)
S could (couldn’t) V
may
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 64
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
might (mightn’t)
e.g. The governments have done their best, so the situation must be better.
3. Speculation: Suy đoá n về điều đã xả y ra.
must (mustn’t)
can (can’t)
S could (couldn’t) have V-ed
may
might (mightn’t)
e.g. No one know how the pyramid was built, I think the Egyptians might have used machines.
TIẾT 66 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 26. PREDICTION-DEDUCTION-SPECULATION (THỨ C SUY DIỄ N)
Question 01. There's no reply. He__________ be out.
A. can B. must C. can't D. mustn't
Question 02. I've got no idea where she is. Try the library. She__________ be in there.
A. might B. can't C. must D. will
Question 03. Look at the way that guy's walking. He__________ be drunk!
A. should B. can C. might D. must
Question 04. “I've been working since 5 this morning.” “____________________”
A. 'You would be exhausted!' B. 'You can be exhausted!'
C. 'You must be exhausted!' D. 'You might be exhausted!
Question 05. You look so tired! You_________ out too late last night.
A. must have been B. had been  C. had to be D. should have been
Question 06. You__________ left it in the office, I suppose.
A. could have B. might have C. must have D. A and B
Question 07. You__________ be hungry again. You've only just had dinner!
A. can't B. mustn't C. might D. may not
Question 08. I’ve been waiting for hours. You________ to tell me you would come late.
A. needn’t have phoned B. must have phoned
C. oughtn’t to have phoned D. should have phoned
Question 09. The fact that the Egyptians could lift and place the huge stones correctly in the
positions is still a mystery. They________ a special kind of machine.
A. might be used B. can have used C. can’t use D. might have used
Question 10. They__________ got there already. They only left ten minutes ago.
A. can't B. must C. must have D. can't have
Question 11. Judging by the present evidence, we think he__________ used a disguise.
A. might have B. probably C. might D. A and B
Question 12. Police are convinced the paintings__________ taken out of the country already.
A. may have B. must have C. must have been D. might have been
Question 13. They__________ got in through the window - it's on the 21st floor!
A. can have B. must have C. can't have D. might have
Question 14. She hasn't eaten anything since yesterday. She__________ be really hungry.
A. might B. will C. must D. can
Question 15. I put my keys on the table, but now it's gone. Someone__________ have taken it.
A. may B. had to C. should D. would rather
Question 16. Daisy is reading her English test because she has a test tomorrow. She__________ be studying.
A. will B. should C. must D. can
Question 17. Tom has just got a new job. He__________ be very pleased.
A. might B. must C. should D. will
Question 18. Tom painted his room black. It looks dark and dreary. He__________ have chosen another
color.
A. should B. must C. could D. may
Question 19. You__________ throw litter on the streets.
A. mustn't B. couldn't C. needn't D. won't
Question 20. He had to work hard so that he__________ his family.

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 65
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
A. may support B. supported C. can support D. might support
TIẾT 67 + 68 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
TEST YOURSELF 05
SỞ GD&ĐT…………………… KÌ THI TRUNG HỌC PHỔ THÔNG QUỐC GIA NĂM 2021
TRƯỜ NG THPT……………….. Bà i thi: NGOẠ I NGỮ ; Mô n thi: TIẾ NG ANH 69
(Đề thi gồm. 05 trang) Thời gian làm bài. 60 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 01. A. inform B. situation C. dialogue D. signal
Question 02. A. campaigns B. wonders C. ecologists D. captions
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the
other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 03. A. recently B. attitude C. octopus D. proposal
Question 04. A. visible B. solution C. surrounding D. arrival
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 05. John proposed_________ Mary on a fine day at the crowded beach in their hometown.
A. to B. of C. on D. with
Question 06. Candidates should never be late for the interview, _________.
A. should they B. shouldn’t they C. are they D. aren’t they
Question 07. _________ the light rain, the match will not be cancelled unless the other team
concedes.
A. Despite B. However C. In spite D. Although
Question 08. Valentine’s Day,_________ from Roman, is now celebrated all over the world.
A. originate B. originating C.to originate D. originated
Question 09. Governments should_________ some international laws against terrorism.
A. bring up B. bring about C. bring in D. bring back
Question 10. I’m sure you’ll have no_________ the exam.
A. difficulty passing B. difficulties to pass C. difficulty to pass D. difficulties of passing
Question 11. If it had not rained last night, the roads in the city_________ so slippery now.
A. would not be B. must not be C. could not have been D. would not have been
Question 12. Sometimes in a bad situation, there may still be some good things. Try not to “throw
out the_________ with the bathwater”.
A. fish B. duck C. baby D. child
Question 13. _________, we tried our best to finish it.
A. Difficult as the homework was B. Thanks to the difficult homework
C. As though the homework was difficult D. Despite the homework was difficult
Question 14. By the time Brown's daughter graduates, _________ retired.
A. he'll have B. he C. he'll being D. he has
Question 15. In my family, my father always takes charge of doing the_________ lifting.
A. strong B. hard C. heavy D. huge
Question 16. Traditionally, it was family members within the extended family who
took_________ for elderly care.
A. advantages B. care C. responsibility D. time
Question 17. Don’t worry! He’ll do the job as_________ as possible.
A. economical B. economically C. uneconomically D. beautifully
Question 18. Luckily, I got some_________ advice on how to make a presentation on 'For a better
community' from my class teacher.
A. useless B. useful C. usefulness D. uselessness
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 19. Emissions from factories and exhaust fumes from vehicles can have detrimental
effects on our health.
A. beneficial B. neutral C. needy D. harmful
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 66
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
Question 20. I just want to stay at home to watch TV and take it easy.
A. sleep B. sit down C. eat D. relax
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in
meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 21. Mutualism is a type of symbiosis that occurs when two unlike organisms live
together in a state that is mutually beneficial.
A. alike B. likely C. similar D. dislike
Question 22. Tom may get into hot water when driving at full speed after drinking wine.
A. get into trouble B. stay safe C. fall into disuse D. keep calm
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the option that best completes
each of the following exchanges.
Question 23. Mary is talking to her professor in his office.
Mary: “Can you tell me how to find material for my science report, professor?”
Professor: “__________________”
A. I like it that you understand. B. Try your best, Mary.
C. You can borrow books from the library. D. You mean the podcasts from other students?
Question 24. - Hoa: “Would you mind closing the door?” - Hung: “______________.”
A. Yes, of course. Are you tired? B. No, not at all. I’ll do it now
C. Yes, I do. You can close it. D. Don’t worry. Go ahead!
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 25 to 29.
Face-to-face conversation is a two-way process: You speak to me, I reply to you and so on.
Two-way (25)_________ depends on having a coding system that is understood by both sender and
(26)_________, and an agreed convention about signaling the beginning and end of the message. In
speech, the coding system is the language like English or Spanish; the convention that one person
speaks at a time may seem too obvious to mention. In fact, the signals (27)_________ in conversation
and meetings are often (28)_________. For example, lowering the pitch of the voice may mean the
end of a sentence, a sharp intake of breath may signal the desire to interrupt, catching the
chairman’s eye may indicate the desire to speak in a formal setting like a debate, a clenched fist
may indicate anger. When (29)_________ visual signals are not possible, more formal signals may be
needed.
Question 25. A. exchange B. interchange C. communication D. correspondence
Question 26. A. announcer B. receiver C. messenger D. transmitter
Question 27. A. that people use B. are used C. using D. being used
Question 28. A. informal B. non-verbal C. verbal D. formal
Question 29. A. their B. these C. this D. that
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct answer to each of the questions from 30 to 34.
The first birds appeared during late Jurassic times. These birds are known from four very
good skeletons, two incomplete skeletons, and an isolated feather, all from the Solnhofen limestone
of Bavaria, Germany. This fine-grained rock, which is extensively quarried for lithographic stone,
was evidently deposited in a shallow coral lagoon of a tropical sea, and flying vertebrates
occasionally fell into the water and were buried by the fine limy mud, to be preserved with
remarkable detail. In this way, the late Jurassic bird skeletons, which have been named
Archaeopteryx, were fossilized. And not only were the bones preserved in these skeletons, but so
also were imprints of the feathers. If the indications of feathers had not been preserved in
association with Archaeopteryx, it is likely that these fossils would have been classified among the
dinosaurs, for they show numerous theropod characteristics. Archaeopteryx were animals about
the size of a crow, with an archeosaurian type of skull, a long neck, a compact body balanced on a
pair of strong hind limbs, and a long tail. The forelimbs were enlarged and obviously functioned as
wings.
Modem birds, who are the descendants of these early birds, are highly organized animals,
with a constant body temperature and a very high rate of metabolism. In addition, they are
remarkable for having evolved extraordinarily complex behavior patterns such as those of nesting

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 67
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
and song, and the habit among many species of making long migrations from one continent to
another and back each year.
Most birds also have very strong legs, which allows them to run or walk on the ground as
well as to fly in the air. Indeed, some of the water birds, such as ducks and geese, have the
distinction of being able to move around proficiently in the water, on land, and in the air, a range
in natural locomotor ability that has never been attained by any other vertebrate.
Question 30. According to the author, all of the following evidence relating to the first birds was
found EXCEPT_________.
A. nesting materials B. four skeletons in good condition
C. two fragmented skeletons D. a single feather
Question 31. It can be inferred from the passage that the Archaeopteryx were classified as birds
on the basis of__________.
A. imprints of bones B. imprints of feathers C. the neck structure D. skeletons
Question 32. The word “they” in the first paragraph refers to__________.
A. indications B. fossils C. dinosaurs D. characteristics
Question 33. The author mentions all of the following as examples of complex behavior patterns
evolved by birds EXCEPT__________.
A. migrating B. nesting C. singing D. running
Question 34. The word “attained” in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to__________.
A. required B. achieved C. observed D. merited
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.
In the North American colonies, red ware, a simple pottery fired at low temperatures, and
stone ware, a strong, impervious grey pottery fired at high temperatures, were produced from two
different native clays. These kinds of pottery were produced to supplement imported European
pottery. When the American Revolution (1775-1783) interrupted the flow of the superior European
ware, there was incentive for American potters to replace the imports with comparable domestic
goods. Stoneware, which had been simple utilitarian kitchenware, grew increasingly ornate
throughout the nineteenth century, and in addition to the earlier scratched and drawn designs,
three-dimensional molded relief decoration became popular. Representational motifs largely
replaced the earlier abstract decorations. Birds and flowers were particularly evident, but other
subjects - lions, flags, and clipper ships - are found. Some figurines, mainly of dogs and lions, were
made in this medium. Sometimes a name, usually that of the potter, was die-stamped onto a piece.
As more and more large kilns were built to create the high-fired stoneware, experiments
revealed that the same clay used to produce low-fired red ware could produce a stronger, paler
pottery if fired at a hotter temperature. The result was yellow ware, used largely for serviceable
items; but a further development was Rockingham ware - one of the most important American
ceramics of the nineteenth century. (The name of the ware was probably derived from its
resemblance to English brown-glazed earthenware made in South Yorkshire.) It was created by
adding a brown glaze to the fired clay, usually giving the finished product a mottled appearance.
Various methods of spattering or sponging the glaze onto the ware account for the extremely
wide variations in color and add to the interest of collecting Rockingham. An advanced form of
Rockingham was flint enamel, created by dusting metallic powders onto the Rockingham glaze to
produce brilliant varicolored streaks.
Articles for nearly every household activity and ornament could be bought in Rockingham
ware: dishes and bowls, of course; also bedpans, foot warmers, cuspidors, lamp bases, doorknobs,
molds, picture frames, even curtain tiebacks. All these items are highly collectible today and are
eagerly sought. A few Rockingham specialties command particular affection among collectors and
correspondingly high prices.
Question 35. The word “ornate” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to___________.
A. elaborate B. puzzling C. durable D. common
Question 36. The passage suggests that the earliest stoneware__________.
A. was decorated with simple, abstract designs B. used three-dimensional decorations
C. was valued for its fancy decorations D. had no decoration
Question 37. How did yellow ware achieve its distinctive color?
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 68
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
A. By sponging on a glaze B. By dusting on metallic powders
C. By brown-glazing D. By firing at a high temperature
Question 38. The phrase “derived from” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to___________.
A. ruined by B. warned against C. based on D. sold by
Question 39. The word “It” in paragraph 2 refers to__________.
A. red ware B. yellow ware
C. Rockingham ware D. English brown-glazed earthenware
Question 40. The phrase “account for” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to__________.
A. explain B. restrict C. finance D. supplement
Question 41. What was special about flint enamel?
A. Its even metallic shine B. Its mottled appearance
C. Its spattered effect D. Its varicolored streaks
Question 42. Which of the following kinds of Rockingham ware were probably produced in the
greatest quantity?
A. Picture frames B. Dishes and bowls C. Curtain debacles D. Doorknobs
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction in each of the following questions.
Question 43. It is a good idea to be careful in buying or purchasing magazines from salespersons
who may come to your door.
A. It is B. to be careful C. buying or purchasing D. who
Question 44. The better you are at English, more opportunities you have to get a well-paid job in
this country.
A. better B. are at C. more opportunities D. a well-paid job
Question 45. Dr. Roberts, the first woman to be elected president of the university, is intelligent,
capable and awareness of the problem to be solved.
A. elected president B. is C. awareness D. to be solved
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to each of the following questions.
Question 46. Bill’s English is much better than it was.
A. Bill speaks English better now than he did before.
B. Bill has started to learn English but doesn’t speak it well
C. Bill has always spoken good English.
D. Bill’s English was much better than it is now.
Question 47. My car keys are possibly in the kitchen.
A. My car keys should be put in the kitchen B. My car keys cannot be in the
kitchen
C. I don’t know whether my car keys are in the kitchen. D. My car keys might be in
the kitchen
Question 48. “Why don’t you get your hair cut, Gavin?” said Adam.
A. Adam advised Gavin to cut his hair. C. It was suggested that Adam get Gavin’s haircut.
B. Gavin was suggested to have a haircut. D. Adam suggested that Gavin should have his haircut.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines
each pair of sentences in the following questions.
Question 49. She wasn’t wearing a seat-belt. She was injured.
A. If she hadn’t been wearing a seat-belt, she wouldn’t have been injured.
B. If she had been wearing a seat-belt, she would have been injured.
C. If she had been wearing a seat-belt, she wouldn’t be injured.
D. If she had been wearing a seat-belt, she wouldn’t have been injured.
Question 50: The plane had taken off. Paul realized he was on the wrong flight.
A. Hardly had Paul realized he was on the wrong flight when the plane took off.
B. It was not until the plane had taken off, did Paul realize he was on the wrong flight.
C. Not until the plane had taken off, did Paul realize he was on the wrong flight.
D. No sooner had the plane taken off than Paul had realized he was on the wrong flight.
_______HẾ T________
TIẾT 69 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 69
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 27. ERROR IDENTIFICATION (NHẬ N DIỆ N LỖ I)
I. Phân loại lỗi sai: Lỗ i sai trong bà i thi mô n Tiếng Anh THPT Quố c Gia chia là m cá c loạ i sau:
- Lỗ i chính tả - Lỗ i từ loạ i (Danh từ , độ ng từ , tính từ , trạ ng từ ,
…)
- Lỗ i cụ m độ ng từ , cấ u trú c câ u đặ c biệt - Dù ng sai giớ i từ , mạ o từ .
- Sai dạ ng độ ng từ V, to V, V-ing - Lỗ i ngữ phá p
- Câ u thiếu thà nh phầ n - Câ u sai thì củ a độ ng từ
- Sai hò a hợ p chủ ngữ và độ ng từ - Câ u sai dạ ng chủ độ ng bị độ ng
- Mệnh đề quan hệ chưa đú ng - Dù ng sai liên từ
- Sai câ u điều kiện - Sai dạ ng so sá nh
Ta chia thà nh hai dạ ng bà i cơ bả n là lỗ i sai chính tả và lỗ i sai ngữ phá p:
a. Lỗi sai chính tả: Trong đề sẽ có mộ t từ hay mộ t cụ m từ viết sai chính tả (sai vì thừ a hoặ c thiếu
“s”/ “es”, cá ch viết từ , hoặ c cụ m từ sai)
b. Lỗi sai ngữ pháp: Đâ y là dạ ng phổ biến nhấ t trong dạ ng bà i xá c định lỗ i sai. Dướ i đâ y là mộ t số
lỗ i mà cá c đề thi thườ ng hay đề cậ p đến
II. Phương pháp xác định lỗi sai: Để xá c định đượ c cá c lỗ i, mờ i cá c bạ n đi theo lầ n lượ t cá c bướ c
cơ bả n sau:
1. Phân tích các thành tố của câu:
a. Mệnh đề chính: Cấ u trú c chung:  S – V – O
b. Mệnh đề phụ:
- Mệnh đề trạ ng ngữ : + MĐTN chỉ thờ i gian
+ MĐTN chỉ nơi chố n
+ MĐTN chỉ sự nhượ ng bộ
+ MĐTN chỉ nguyên nhâ n kết quả
- Mệnh đề quan hệ: + MĐQH thuộ c về chủ ngữ chỉ ngườ i/ vậ t
+ MĐQH thuộ c về tâ n ngữ chỉ ngườ i/ vậ t
+ MĐQH lượ c bỏ (Vì thay cho tâ n ngữ )
+ MĐQH giả n lượ c (Ving/ Ved/ To V)
Chú ý: Vớ i mỗ i câ u chữ a lỗ i sai, việc đầ u tiên cầ n là m là xá c định mệnh đề chính và mệnh đề phụ
củ a câ u. Điều nà y rấ t hữ u ích để tìm ra:
* Lỗi sai mệnh đề chính: Câ u có thiếu thà nh phầ n hay khô ng?
Câ u có dù ng sai từ loạ i hay khô ng (be + <adv> adj <N> )?
* Lỗi sai mệnh đề phụ: Liên từ dù ng đã đú ng nghĩa chưa, có sai cấ u trú c hay khô ng?
Đạ i từ quan hệ đã dù ng đú ng chưa?
Câ u điều kiện 2 vế đã tương quan chưa?

TIẾT 70 Ngày dạy………../………../2020


CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 27. ERROR IDENTIFICATION (NHẬ N DIỆ N LỖ I)
Question 01. I’d prefer to do it on myself, because other people make me nervous.
A. I’d prefer B. on myself C. other D. make
Question 02. The continental shelves in the shallow area of the ocean floor is closest to the continents.
A. shelves B. of C. ocean floor D. closest to
Question 03. The average adult get two to five colds each year.
A. The B. get C. to D. colds
Question 04. The gifts were given the flood victims timely with the help of a helicopter.
A. timely B. a C. The D. given
Question 05. The volunteer group members are helpful, exciting, and creativity.
A. are B. exciting C. creativity D. volunteer
Question 06. The children are excited for the excursion to Ha Long bay next Sunday.
A. next Sunday B. to C. are D. for
Question 07. New laws should be introduced to reduce the number of traffic in the city center.
A. laws B. introduced C. number D. city center
Question 08. It was suggested that Pedro studies more be fore attempting to pass the exam.
A. studies B. more C. attempting D. to pass
Question 09. Jack London was a very famous novelist who works have been widely read.
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 70
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
A. a very famous B. who C. works D. widely read
Question 10. It is said that the accident seemed to have destroyed completely his confidence.
A. is said B. the C. seemed D. destroyed completely
Question 11. As soon as Mary will graduate next month, she will return to her home town.
A. soon as B. will graduate C. return D. home town
Question 12. It was a six-hours journey; we were completely exhausted when we arrived.
A. a six-hours B. completely C. exhausted D. we arrived
Question 13. The result of that test must be inform before August.
A. result B. must be C. inform D. before
Question 14. The highly you are qualified for the job, the more likely you will succeed in your
career.
A. The highly B. qualified for C. more likely D. will succeed in
Question 15. We are going to spend a week to preparing for our concert.
A. We B. spend a C. to preparing D. our concert
Question 16. Shortly before the Allied invasion of Normandy, Ernest Hemingway has gone to
London as a war correspondent.
A. Shortly B. invasion C. has gone D. correspondent
Question 17. After the work from hospital, my mother goes home and water usually rose flowers
twice a day.
A. the work B. goes C. water usually D. twice
Question 18. How many people know that the Brooklyn Bridge, built in 1883, were the world's
first suspension bridge?
A. the Brooklyn B. built in C. were D. suspension bridge
Question 19. Today’s lunar and solar eclipses can predict to within seconds of their occurrence,
and interest in them is scientific as well as aesthetic.
A. can predict B. seconds C. their D. as well as
Question 20. Developed in the early 1900 in Canada, synchronized swimming is a sport
performed exclusive by women, rather than by men.
TIẾT 71 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 28. SYNONYMS (TỪ & CỤ M TỪ ĐỒ NG NGHĨA)
1. Pay greater attention to the affixation: (Chú ý đặ c biệ t tới các hiệ n tương thêm phụ tố của từ
phái sinh)
Basic Prefixes Meaning Basic Suffixes Meaning
il--; in--; im--; ir--; un-- Negative meaning --er; --or; --ist; --ant Doers
mis--; dis--; mal-- Wrong doing --ion; --ce; --ment Events; actions
re--; pre--; post-- Sequences --ing; --hood; --ness Feelings; emotions
under--; over-- Degrees --ship; --al; --ety Interactions
mono--; di--; tri-- Times; quantity --ive; -ous; --ed; --ly Quality; manner
2. Some collocations of idioms are of great help: (Buôc phải ghi nhớ các cụm ngữ cố định – thành
ngữ)
Basic Idioms Meaning Basic Idioms Meaning
Dogs and cats Heavily Lift a finger Give help
Shake like a leaf Too Frightened Give a hand Help
Home and dry Safe Burst into tears Cry in pain
Make ends meet Enough to use Castle in the air Unstable
Flying color Excellent At first hand Right away

TIẾT 72 Ngày dạy………../………../2020


CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 28. SYNONYMS (TỪ & CỤ M TỪ ĐỒ NG NGHĨA)
Question 01. The trouble with Frank is that he never turns up on time for a meeting.
A. takes care of B. goes off C. resembles D. arrives
Question 02. After the historic meeting in Singapore, Kim Jong-un and Donald Trump met each
other in Ha Noi last week.
A. important B. chance C. insignificant D. accidental
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 71
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
Question 03. His opponents have no intention of letting him off the hook until he agrees to leave
office immediately.
A. out of order B. out of trouble C. out of stock D. out of date
Question 04. In the 1960s, the World Health Organization (WHO) began a campaign to get rid of
the mosquitoes that transmit the disease malaria.
A. minimize B. develop C. eradicate D. appreciate
Question 05. He had never experienced such discourtesy towards the president as it occurred at
the annual meeting in May.
A. politeness B. rudeness C. encouragement D. measurement
Question 06. The members of the orchestra have arrived an hour prior to the performance for a
short rehearsal.
A. after B. while C. when D. before
Question 07. One U.S. dollar is comparable to 131 Japanese yen according to the finance news report
yesterday.
A. entitled B. compatible C. compact D. equal
Question 08. The government must be able to prevent a deter threats to our homeland as well as
detect impending danger before attacks or incidents occur.
A. irrefutable B. imminent C. formidable D. absolute
Question 09. I’m sorry I can’t go to the movies with you this weekend - I’m up to my ears in work.
A. very busy B. very bored C. very scared D. very idle
Question 10. The government has rejected the project of improving the service system because of its
white elephant cost.
A. denied B. proposed C. discarded D. selected
Question 11. The people are doing their duties with precision.
A. plans B. achievements C. responsibilities D. expectations
Question 12. When the laser strikes the chemicals, it releases a form of oxygen that kills cancer cells.
A. gives out B. contains C. vaporizes D. omits
Question 13. When I was a child I always looked up to my father. He was a real role model for me.
A. understood B. liked C. trusted D. admired
Question 14. Our team must develop a new strategy in order to deal with the serious problem.
A. expand B. grow C. arise D. invent
Question 15. The whole village was wiped out in the bombing raids.
A. changed completely B. removed quickly C. destroyed completely D. cleaned well
Question 16. I have been fortunate enough to visit many parts of the world as a lecturer.
A. hateful B. lucky C. hard D. poor
Question 17. We were pretty disappointed with the quality of the food.
A. highly B. rather C. extremely D. very
Question 18. With the dawn of space exploration, the notion that atmospheric conditions on Earth
may be unique in the solar system was strengthened.
A. beginning B. continuation C. outcome D. expansion
Question 19. The lost Inkers stayed alive by eating wild berries and drinking spring water.
A. surprised B. survived C. connived D. revived
Question 20. I am thankful for my wife, who vowed to be my biggest fan on the day we were
married and has never once let me down.
A. grateful B. passionate C. supportive D. kind
TIẾT 73 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 29. ANTONYMS (TỪ & CỤ M TỪ TRÁ I NGHĨA)
1. Pay greater attention to the affixation: (Chú ý đặ c biệ t tới các hiệ n tương thêm phụ tố của từ
phái sinh)
Basic Prefixes Meaning Basic Suffixes Meaning
il--; in--; im--; ir--; un-- Negative meaning --er; --or; --ist; --ant Doers
mis--; dis--; mal-- Wrong doing --ion; --ce; --ment Events; actions
re--; pre--; post-- Sequences --ing; --hood; --ness Feelings; emotions
under--; over-- Degrees --ship; --al; --ety Interactions

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 72
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
mono--; di--; tri-- Times; quantity --ive; -ous; --ed; --ly Quality; manner
2. Some collocations of idioms are of great help: (Buôc phải ghi nhớ các cụm ngữ cố định – thành
ngữ)
Basic Idioms Meaning Basic Idioms Meaning
Dogs and cats Heavily Lift a finger Give help
Shake like a leaf Too Frightened Give a hand Help
Home and dry Safe Burst into tears Cry in pain
Make ends meet Enough to use Castle in the air Unstable
Flying color Excellent At first hand Right away

TIẾT 74 Ngày dạy………../………../2020


CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 29. ANTONYMS (TỪ & CỤ M TỪ TRÁ I NGHĨA)
Question 01. The forces behind the women's liberation movement vary from culture to culture.
A. change quickly B. increase sharply C. move forward D. stay unchanged
Question 02. If we use robots instead of humans, many people may be out of work.
A. employed B. jobless C. unemployed D. busy
Question 03. Many women prefer to use cosmetics to enhance their beauty and make them look younger.
A. improve B. maximize C. worsen D. enrich
Question 04. I think we cannot purchase this device this time as it costs an arm and a leg.
A. is cheap B. is painful C. is confusing D. is expensive
Question 05. The band had an outstanding performance at the Grand Theatre last night.
A. good B. excellent C. gentle D. bad
Question 06. The writer was really hot under the collar when his novel was mistaken for another.
A. angry B. worried C. calm D. curious
Question 07. When I was going shopping yesterday, I accidentally met one of my old friends in high
school.
A. by far B. by heart C. by chance D. on purpose
Question 08. The chairman initiated the proceedings with a brief speech.
A. confused B. closed C. started D. complicated
Question 09. Adding a garage will enhance the value of the house.
A. stabilize B. alter C. reduce D. increase
Question 10. As far as I am concerned, that he can pass the Entrance Examination is as easy as a
pie because he is very excellent students in our school.
A. simple B. complex C. difficult D. normal
Question 11. If you can’t make up your mind right now, you may lose your lifelong opportunity.
A. make an effort B. make a decision C. hesitate D. look for solutions
Question 12. He was a hard and conscientious worker and became widely known for his ability in debate.
A. indifferent B. careful C. responsible D. reliable
Question 13. The disadvantaged child went upstairs with difficulty.
A. with precision B. with ease C. at will D. at random
Question 14. The poor blood circulation has sometimes made her exhausted.
A. fatigued B. refreshed C. bothersome D. fulfilled
Question 15. Aren't you putting the cart before the horse by deciding what to wear for the
wedding before you've even been invited to it?
A. doing things in the wrong order B. do things in the right order
C. knowing the ropes D. upsetting the apple cart
Question 16. The mountain region of the country is thinly populated.
A. densely B. greatly C. crowded D. sparsely
Question 17. The president expressed his deep sorrow over the bombing deaths.
A. regret B. happiness C. sadness D. passion
Question 18. Ann has always made good in everything she has done.
A. succeeded B. achieved C. failed D. won
Question 19. The US troops are using much more sophisticated weapons in the Far East.
A. expensive B. complicated C. difficult to operateD. simple and easy to use
Question 20. It seems that the deal was made behind closed doors as no one had any clue about it.
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 73
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
A. secretly B. truly C. transparently D. frankly
TIẾT 75 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 30. SENTENCE-TRANSFORMING (CHUYỂ N ĐỔ I CÂ U)
1. Tense sentence transformation: Chuyển đổ i câ u qua chuyển đổ i thì củ a độ ng từ :
e.g. a. We started working here three years ago. → We have worked here for three years.
b. This is the first time I have been on a plane. → I have never been on a plane before.
2. Transformations using comparisons: Chuyển đổ i câ u sử dụ ng cá c hình thứ c so sá nh.
e.g. a. She is taller than I am. → I am not as tall as she is.
b. He worked harder than his friends.→ His friends did not work as hard as he did.
3. Transformations using inversions: Chuyển đổ i câ u sử dụ ng cá c hình thứ c đả o ngữ .
e.g. a. She can hardly understand what the teacher is saying.
→ Hardly can she understand what the teacher is saying.
b. Although he worked hard, he couldn’t feed the family.
→ Hard as he worked, he couldn’t feed the family.
4. Transformations using the passive voice: Chuyển đổ i câ u sử dụ ng câ u bị độ ng.
e.g. a. She can make a decision soon. → A decision can be made soon by her.
b. Their car was stolen long ago. → Someone stole their car long ago.
5. Transformations using the indirect speech: Chuyển đổ i câ u sử dụ ng câ u giá n tiếp.
e.g. a. “Go out, boys!” said the mother. → The mother told her sons to go out.
b. “Would you like a cigar, Peter?” said Mike.→ Mike invited Peter a cigar.
6. Transformations using conditional sentences: Chuyển đổ i câ u sử dụ ng câ u điều kiện.
e.g. a. If you don’t study hard, you will fail the final exam.
→ Unless you study hard, you will fail the final exam.
b. He isn’t here to help me. → If he were here, he could help me.

TIẾT 76 Ngày dạy………../………../2020


CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 30. SENTENCE-TRANSFORMING (CHUYỂ N ĐỔ I CÂ U)
Question 01. I last saw him in 1998.
A. I didn't see him since 1998. B. It is in 1998 that I saw him.
C. I haven't seen him since 1998. D. It has been 1998 since I saw him.
Question 02. If only you told me the truth about the theft.
A. You should have told me the truth about the theft.
B. I do wish you would tell me the truth about the theft.
C. You must have told me the truth about the theft.
D. It is necessary that you tell me the truth about the theft.
Question 03. Bill drives more carelessly than he used to.
A. Bill doesn’t drive as carefully as he used to. B. Bill doesn’t drive carefully than he used to.
C. Bill doesn’t drive as carefully he used to. D. Bill doesn’t drive as carefully as he used.
Question 04. “What were you doing last night, Mr. John?” asked the police.
A. The police asked what were you doing last night, Mr. John
B. The police asked Mr. John what he had been doing the night before
C. The police asked Mr. John what he had been done the night before
D. The police asked Mr. John what had he been done the night before
Question 05.  It wasn’t necessary for you to do all this work.
A. You mustn’t have done all this work. B. You couldn’t have done all this work
C. You may not have done all this work D. You needn’t have done all this work
Question 06. I am much more intelligent than he is.
A. He is much more intelligent than I am. B. He isn’t as intelligent as I am.
C. He is as intelligent as I am. D. He isn’t more intelligent than I am.
Question 07. "Please don't leave until I come back", Sarah said.
A. Sarah suggested not leaving until she comes back.
B. Sarah asked us to leave until she came back.
C. Sarah told us not to leave until she came back.
D. Sarah offered to leave until she came back.

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 74
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
Question 08. My shoes need cleaning.
A. I need to clean my shoes. B. I have to clean my shoes.
C. Cleaning is needed for my shoes. D. I need to have my shoes cleaned.
Question 09. You ought to make up your mind now.
A. It is time you made up your mind. B. Making up your mind is necessary.
C. You should have made up your mind. D. It is possible to make up your mind.
Question 10. It is worthiness to ask John for help.
A. John is worthless to help. B. John is worth helping.
C. It is no use to ask John for help. D. It is no good asking John to help.
Question 11. The demand was so great that they had to reprint the book immediately.
A. They had to print the book immediately to satisfy the increasing demand.
B. To meet the greater and greater demand, they had to print the book immediately.
C. There was such a great demand that the book was printed immediately.
D. So great was the demand that they had to print the book immediately.
Question 12. “What will we do next week mom?’ the boy asked.
A. The boy asked his mom what we would do the next week.
B. The boy asked his mom what they will do the next week.
C. The boy asked his mom what would they do the next week.
D. The boy asked his mom what they would do the next week.
Question 13. You can never be sure about the accuracy of TV weather reports.
A. If you want to know how the weather is going to be, you should watch TV.
B. If I were you, I would rely on the TV weather report.
C. There are more accurate ways of learning how the weather will be than watching TV.
D. Weather forecasts on television are notoriously unreliable.
Question 14. My interview lasted longer than yours.
A. Your interview wasn’t as short as mine. B. Your interview was shorter than mine.
C. Your interview was as long as mine. D. Your interview was longer than mine.
Question 15. I regret going to his party last night.
A. I didn’t go to his party last night. B. I refused to go to his party last night.
C. I wish I didn’t go to his party last night. D. I wish I hadn’t gone to his party last night.
Question 16. He started computer programming as soon as he left school.
A. No sooner had he started computer programming than he left school.
B. Hardly had he started computer programming when he left school.
C. No sooner had he left school than he started computer programming.
D. After he left school, he had started computer programming.
Question 17. We stayed in that hotel despite the noise.
A. Because of the noise, we stayed in the hotel.
B. Despite the hotel is noisy, we stayed there.
C. We stayed in the noisy hotel and we liked it.
D. No matter how noisy the hotel was, we 6stayed there.
Question 18. As I listened to the evidence, everything began to fall into place.
A. After listening to the evidence, I began to change my mind.
B. Everything began to fall to pieces after I listening to the evidence.
C. As I listened to the evidence, things became organized or clear in my mind.
D. As I was listening to the evidence, I began to fall down from my place.
Question 19: “Me? No, I didn’t tell lies to Suanna.”, Bob said.
A. Bob denied telling lies to Suanna. B. Bob admitted not telling lies to Suanna.
C. Bob apologize for telling lies to Suanna. D. Bob refused to tell lies to Suanna.
Question 20. If only you had told me the truth about the theft.
A. Had you had told me the truth, there wouldn’t have been the theft.
B. You only told me the truth if there was a theft.
C. Only if you has told me the truth about the theft.
D. You should have told me the truth about the theft.

TIẾT 77 Ngày dạy………../………../2020


By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 75
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 31. SENTENCE-MINGLING (GHÉ P NỐ I CÂ U)
1. Tense sentence transformation: Chuyển đổ i câ u qua chuyển đổ i thì củ a độ ng từ :
e.g. a. We started working here three years ago. → We have worked here for three years.
b. This is the first time I have been on a plane. → I have never been on a plane before.
2. Transformations using comparisons: Chuyển đổ i câ u sử dụ ng cá c hình thứ c so sá nh.
e.g. a. She is taller than I am. → I am not as tall as she is.
b. He worked harder than his friends.→ His friends did not work as hard as he did.
3. Transformations using inversions: Chuyển đổ i câ u sử dụ ng cá c hình thứ c đả o ngữ .
e.g. a. She can hardly understand what the teacher is saying.
→ Hardly can she understand what the teacher is saying.
b. Although he worked hard, he couldn’t feed the family.
→ Hard as he worked, he couldn’t feed the family.
4. Transformations using the passive voice: Chuyển đổ i câ u sử dụ ng câ u bị độ ng.
e.g. a. She can make a decision soon. → A decision can be made soon by her.
b. Their car was stolen long ago. → Someone stole their car long ago.
5. Transformations using the indirect speech: Chuyển đổ i câ u sử dụ ng câ u giá n tiếp.
e.g. a. “Go out, boys!” said the mother. → The mother told her sons to go out.
b. “Would you like a cigar, Peter?” said Mike.→ Mike invited Peter a cigar.
6. Transformations using conditional sentences: Chuyển đổ i câ u sử dụ ng câ u điều kiện.
e.g. a. If you don’t study hard, you will fail the final exam.
→ Unless you study hard, you will fail the final exam.
b. He isn’t here to help me. → If he were here, he could help me.
TIẾT 78 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 31. SENTENCE-MINGLING (GHÉ P NỐ I CÂ U)
Question 01. You cheated in the exam yesterday. Your friends disagree with you now.
A. You needn’t have done that. B. You mustn’t have done that.
C. You shouldn’t have done that. D. You couldn’t have done that.
Question 02. The weather has been terrible recently. I am very depressed now.
A. If the weather had not been terrible lately, I wouldn't be so depressed now.
B. If the weather hasn't been terrible recently, I won't be so depressed now.
C. If the weather hadn't been terrible recently, I wouldn't have been so depressed now.
D. If the weather had been more terrible recently, I would be depressed now.
Question 03. Susan did not buy that villa. She now regrets it.
A. Susan wishes she had bought that villa. B. Susan regrets having bought that villa.
C. If only Susan didn’t buy that villa. D. Susan wished she hadn’t bought that villa.
Question 04. I eat a lot. I cannot keep fit.
A. I eat more and more and become fitter and fitter. B. The less I eat, the fitter I become.
C. The more I eat, the less fit I become. D. I become fit not only because I eat a lot.
Question 05. Julian dropped out of college after his first year. Now he regrets it.
A. Julian regretted having dropped out of college after his first year.
B. Julian wishes he didn’t drop out of college after his first year.
C. Julian regrets having dropped out of college after his first year.
D. Only if Julian had dropped out of college after his first year.
Question 06. I am not sure, but perhaps he went to London.
A. He might go to London. B. He must have gone to London.
C. He might have gone to London. D. He could go to London.
Question 07. I was offered to work for IBM, but I rejected.
A. I turned down the offer to work for IBM. B. I rejected to offer to work for IBM.
C. IBM refused my offer to work. D. I was refused by IBM at work.
Question 08. Kate had finished the report. She left for the game.
A. Hardly had Kate left for the game when she finished the report.
B. No sooner Kate had finished the report than she left the game.
C. Having finished the report, Kate left for the game
D. Before Kate had finished the report, she left for the game.

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 76
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
Question 09. He is a reliable person, which is different from what people think.
A. People think differently about the reliable person.
B. Contrary to what people think, he is reliable.
C. Contrary to what people think, he is unreliable.
D. He, who is reliable, is not what people think.
Question 10. Even though some events were cancelled, thousands of people attended the festival.
A. No matter how many people attended the festival, some events were canceled.
B. In spite some cancelled events, thousands of people attended the festival.
C. As some events were cancelled, thousands of people attended the festival.
D. Despite the cancellation of some events, thousands of people attended the festival.
Question 11. He is very intelligent. He can solve all the problems in no time.
A. He was such intelligent he can solve all the problems in no time.
B. Such intelligent he is, that he can solve all the problems in no time.
C. He is very intelligent that he can solve all the problems in no time.
D. So intelligent is he that he can solve all the problems in no time.
Question 12. He didn’t take his father’s advice. That’s why he is out of work.
A. If he takes his father’s advice, he will not be out of work.
B. If he had taken his father’s advice, he would not have been out of work,
C. If he took his father’s advice, he would not be out of work.
D. If he had taken his father’s advice, he would not be out of work.
Question 13. I picked up my book. I found that the cover had been torn.
A. When picking up my book, the cover had been torn.
B. On picking up my book, I saw that the cover had been torn.
C. The cover had been torn when my book picked up.
D. Picked up, the book was torn.
Question 14. Karen didn’t want to go to the cinema with us. She had already seen the movie.
A. Karen didn’t want to go to the cinema with us, so she had already seen it.
B. Karen didn’t want to go to the cinema with us as she had already seen it.
C. As Karen had already seen the movie, Karen didn’t want to go to the cinema.
D. Karen had already seen the movie, then she didn’t want to go the cinema.
Question 15. She doesn't want to go to their party. We don't want to go either.
A. Neither we nor she wants to go to their party.
B. Neither she nor we don't want to go to their party
C. Either we or she doesn't want to go to their party
D. Neither we nor she want to go to their party.
Question 16. He joined the army in 1998. He was soon after promoted to the rank of captain.
A. He worked as a captain in the army and had a promotion in 1998.
B. He was promoted to the rank of captain in 1998 and joined the army.
C. Joining the army in 1998, he was soon promoted to the rank of captain.
D. Promoted to the rank of captain in 1998, he joined the army soon later.
Question 17. We came in the room. Our boss was sitting in the front desk.
A. We came in the room, our boss was sitting in the front desk.
B. When we came in the room, our boss had been sitting in the front desk.
C. When we came in the room, in the front desk was sitting our boss.
D. Hardly had we come in the room when our boss sat in the front desk.
Question 18. Sara's classmates said that she littered on the school yard. She denied it.
A. Sara denied having littered on the school yard.
B. Sara denied her friends' littering on the school yard.
C. Having littered on the school yard, Sara's classmates denied it.
D. As Sara denied it, her classmates said that she littered on the school yard.
Question 19 You have just passed your exam. This makes your parents happy.
A. Having just passed your exam making your parents happy.
B. You have just passed your exam which it makes your parents happy.
C. You have just passed your exam makes your parents happy.
D. That you have just passed your exam makes your parents happy.
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 77
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
Question 20. Your handwriting is legible. The test scorer will accept your answer.
A. Providing with your legible handwriting, the test scorer will accept your answer.
B. Providing your handwriting is legible, the test scorer won’t accept your answer.
C. Provided that your handwriting is legible, the test scorer will accept your answer.
D. Provided for your legible handwriting, the test scorer won’t accept your answer.
TIẾT 79-80-81-82 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 32. PHRASAL-VERBS (NGỮ ĐỘ NG TỪ )
Question 01. After graduating from university, I want to_________ my father's footsteps.
A. follow in B. succeed in C. go after D. keep up
Question 02. My responsibility is to wash the dishes and take_________ the garbage every day.
A. up B. in C. on D. out
Question 03. When the manager of our company retires, the deputy manager will_________ that
position.
A. take over B. stand for C. hold on D. catch on
Question 04. When the old school friends met, a lot of happy memories__________ back.
A. were being brought B. were brought C. had been brought D. was brought
Question 05. What a lovely baby! He certainly__________ his father, doesn’t he?
A. looks after B. takes after C. takes care of D. looks up
Question 06. Whatever happens, I shall always_________ you.
A. stand by B. stand up to C. go after D. put up with
Question 07. Global warming will result_________ crop failures and famines.
A. with B. from C. for D. in
Question 08. It’s normal for small businesses to operate at a_________ for the first couple of years
before they start to break even.
A. loss B. failure C. luck D. loose
Question 09. In the early years of the 20th century, several rebellions_________ in the northern parts
of the country.
A. turned out B. rose up C. broke out D. came up
Question 10. If you________ a book, you have a brief look at it without reading or studying it
seriously.
A. dip into B. put away C. pick up D. put down
Question 11. Most of the air pollution results________ the burning of fossil fuels, motor vehicles,
factories, aircraft and rockets.
A. in B. to C. on D. from
Question 12. At home my parents often criticized me _______ being negligent, but when I came to
class I was very careful.
A. for B. to C. from D. of
Question 13.  When he was walking in the forest, a lion________ him. He tried not to panic. 
A. put on B. took on C. turned on D. went on
Question 14. The match between Arsenal and MU was_________ because of bad weather.
A. kept out B. set out C. called off D. sent off
Question 15. Governments should__________ some international laws against terrorism.
A. bring up B. bring about C. bring in D. bring back
Question 16. Cars, instead of petrol, will_________ on anything from electricity to methane gas.
A. operate B. run C. drive D. move
Question 17. My grandmother__________ her whole life to looking after her children.
A. paying B. using C. spending D. devoting
Question 18. We had to_________ their invitation to lunch as we had a previous engagement.
A. turn down B. turn up C. get down D. get up
Question 19. I could hardly believe it, but the news was true; my best friend__________ in a car accident.
A. died of B. passed away C. filled out D. knocked out
Question 20. That’s the trouble with the night shift. It__________ your private life too much.
A. breaks in B. breaks into C. breaks through D. breaks up
TIẾT 83-84 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 78
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
TEST YOURSELF 06
SỞ GD&ĐT…………………… KÌ THI TRUNG HỌC PHỔ THÔNG QUỐC GIA NĂM 2021
TRƯỜ NG THPT……………….. Bà i thi: NGOẠ I NGỮ ; Mô n thi: TIẾ NG ANH 70
(Đề thi gồm. 05 trang) Thời gian làm bài. 60 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 01. A. massage B. carriage C. voyage D. dosage
Question 02. A. cookers B. lovers C. doctors D. cooks
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the
other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 03. A. completion B. understand C. material D. behavior
Question 04. A. studious B. century C. similar D. semester
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 05. We all seem to have a different opinion, so let’s Joey decide, __________?
A. shall we B.do we C. are we D. will we
Question 06. David refused__________ in the contest because he was ill.
A. to participate B. participate C. participating D. to participating
Question 07. __________ advised on what and how to prepare for the interview, he might have got the
job.
A. Had he been B. If he had C. Unless he had been D. Were he to be
Question 08. He managed to win the race__________ hurting his foot before the race.
A. in spite of B. despite of C. although D. because of
Question 09. You should be a little more__________ if you want to attract their attention.
A. imaginative B. imagine C. imagination D. imaginatively
Question 10. Airplanes__________ in the twentieth century is one of the sources of pollution.
A. which invented B. to invent C. invented D. that is invented
Question 11. I'm terrified__________ breaking down on a motorway at night.
A. from B. with C. for D. of
Question 12. If your invitations are met with repeated__________, you should just leave him alone.
A. hypotheses B. negatives C. blunts D. rebuffs
Question 13. She left her husband after a__________ row.
A. burning B. heavy C. crashing D. blazing
Question 14. I can't go with you because I__________ my homework yet.
A. haven't finished B. had finished C. finished D. finish
Question 15. My father is very talented and kind-hearted. I always__________ him.
A. look for B. look like C. look after D. look up to
Question 16. I had all the information at my__________ before attending the meeting.
A. fingertips B. thumbs C. hands D. fingers
Question 17. I decided to go to the library as soon as I__________.
A. would finish what I did B. finished what I did
C. finished what I was doing D. finish what I did
Question 18. I have been looking for this book for months, and__________ I have found it.
A. in the end B. in time C. at the end D. at present
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 19. My wife was so keen on the picture that she paid through her nose for it.
A. paid nothing B. turned a deaf ear C. was offered D. paid much more than usual
Question 20. Scientists warn of the impending extinction of many species of plants and animals.
A. irrefutable B. imminent C. formidable D. absolute
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in
meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 21. There has been insufficient rainfall over the past two years, and farmers are having
trouble.

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 79
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
A. adequate B. unsatisfactory C. abundant D. dominant
Question 22. She had never seen such discourtesy towards the director as it happened in the
meeting last week.
A. politeness B. rudeness C. measurement D. encouragement
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the option that best completes
each of the following exchanges.
Question 23. - Hoa: “Have you been able to reach Nam?” - Lan: “____________________.”
A. That’s no approval B. Yes, I’ve known him for years
C. No, the line is busy D. It’s much too high
Question 24. - Tom: “Sorry, I forgot to phone you last night.” - Mary: “____________________”
A. I have nothing to tell you. B. Oh. Poor me!
C. Never mind! D. You was absent-minded
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 25 to 29.
Starting a data entry business is easier than trying to work from job to job. Having a
business means (25)_________ people will come to your business whenever they need a service you
(26)_________. In other words, instead of having to always (27)_________ for jobs on websites, you
will be able to have clients come to you as needed. One important thing to (28)_________ when
starting a data entry business is that customer service is really important.
It’s hard to get anywhere in the data entry field if you don’t provide your customers with all
the services they need. It’s important that you take your time to really care for your customers
completely. Once you are ready to start your data entry business it’s time to start building a great
team. You want to have a team that can do a (29)_________ range of tasks so that your business can fill
customer’s needs. You want to always test your team before giving them the task of working with a
client.
Question 25. A. when B. if C. that D. what
Question 26. A. bid B. advance C. refuse D. offer
Question 27. A. assign B. apply C. appeal D. demand
Question 28. A. forgive B. remember C. discount D. fail
Question 29. A. narrow B. open C. wide D. restricted
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct answer to each of the questions from 30 to 34.
Scientists do not yet thoroughly understand just how the body of an individual becomes
sensitive to a substance that is harmless or even wholesome for the average person. Milk, wheat,
and egg, for example, rank among the most healthful and widely used foods. Yet these foods can
cause persons sensitive to them to suffer greatly. At first, the body of the individual is not harmed
by coming into contact with the substance. After a varying interval of time, usually longer than a
few weeks, the body becomes sensitive to it, and an allergy has begun to develop. Sometimes it’s
hard to figure out if you have a food allergy, since it can show up so many different ways. Your
symptoms could be caused by many other problems. You may have rashes, hives, joint pains
mimicking arthritis, headaches, irritability, or depression. The most common food allergies are to
milk, eggs, seafood, wheat, nuts, seeds, chocolate, oranges, and tomatoes. Many of these allergies
will not develop if these foods are not fed to an infant until her or his intestines mature at around
seven months. Breast milk also tends to be protective. Migraines can be set off by foods
containing tyramine, phenathylamine, monosodium glutamate, or sodium nitrate. Common foods
which contain these are chocolate, aged cheeses, sour cream, red wine, pickled herring, chicken
livers, avocados, ripe bananas, cured meats, many Oriental and prepared foods (read the labels!).
Some people have been successful in treating their migraines with supplements of B-vitamins,
particularly B6 and niacin. Children who are hyperactive may benefit from eliminating food
additives, especially colorings, and foods high in salicylates from their diets.
Question 30. The topic of this passage is___________.
A. reactions to foods B. food and nutrition C. infants and allergies D. a good diet
Question 31. According to the passage, the difficulty in diagnosing allergies to foods is due
to___________.
A. the vast number of different foods we eat
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 80
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
B. lack of a proper treatment plan
C. the similarity of symptoms of the allergy to other problems
D. the use of prepared formula to feed babies
Question 32. The phrase “set off” is closest in meaning to___________.
A. relieved B. identified C. avoided D. triggered
Question 33. What can be inferred about babies from this passage?
A. They can eat almost anything.
B. They should have a carefully restricted diet as infants.
C. They gain little benefit from being breast fed.
D. They may become hyperactive if fed solid food too early.
Question 34. The author states that the reason that infants need to avoid certain foods related to
allergies has to do with the infant’s___________.
A. lack of teeth B. poor metabolism
C. underdeveloped intestinal tract D. inability to swallow solid foods
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.
We are descendants of the ice age. Periods of glaciation have spanned the whole of human
existence for the past 2 million years. The rapid melting of the continental glaciers at the end of
the last ice age spurred one of the most dramatic climate changes in the history of the planet.
During this interglacial time, people were caught up in a cataclysm of human accomplishment,
including the development of agriculture and animal husbandry. Over the past few thousand
years, the Earth’s climate has been extraordinarily beneficial, and humans have prospered
exceedingly well under a benign atmosphere.
Ice ages have dramatically affected life on Earth almost from the very beginning. It is even
possible that life itself significantly changed the climate. All living organisms pull carbon dioxide
out of the atmosphere and eventually store it in sedimentary rocks within the Earth’s crust. If too
much carbon dioxide is lost, too much heat escapes out into the atmosphere. This can cause the
Earth to cool enough for glacial ice to spread across the land.
In general the reduction of the level of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere has been
equalized by the input of carbon dioxide from such events as volcanic eruptions. Man, however, is
upsetting the equation by burning fossil fuels and destroying tropical rain forests, both of which
release stored carbon dioxide. This energizes the greenhouse effect and causes the Earth to warm.
If the warming is significant enough, the polar ice caps eventually melt.
The polar ice caps drive the atmospheric and oceanic circulation systems. Should the ice
caps melt, warm tropical waters could circle the globe and make this a very warm, inhospitable
planet.
Over the past century, the global sea level has apparently risen upwards of 6 inches, mainly
because of the melting of glacial ice. If present warming trends continue, the seas could rise as
much as 6 feet by the next century. This could flood coastal cities and fertile river deltas, where
half the human population lives. Delicate wetlands, where many marine species breed, also would
be reclaimed by the sea. In addition, more frequent and severe storms would batter coastal areas,
adding to the disaster of the higher seas.
The continued melting of the great ice sheets in polar regions could cause massive
amounts of ice to crash into the ocean. This would further raise the sea level and release more ice,
which could more than double the area of sea ice and increase correspondingly the amount of
sunlight reflected back into space. The cycle would then be complete as this could cause global
temperatures to drop enough to initiate another ice age.
Question 35. According to the passage, carbon dioxide is stored in each of the following
EXCEPT__________.
A. polar ice caps B. sedimentary rocks C. rain forests D. fossil fuel
Question 36. Which of the following does the author NOT mention as a consequence of a large rise
in global sea level?
A. the destruction of wetlands B. the flooding of cities
C. a more diverse marine population D. severe storms

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 81
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
Question 37. According to the passage, what is the relationship between carbon dioxide and the
Earth’s climate?
A. Carbon dioxide, which is trapped in glacial ice, is released when warm temperatures
cause the ice melt.
B. The greenhouse effect, which leads to the warming of the climate, is result of too much
carbon stored in the Earth’s crust.
C. Rain causes carbon dioxide to be washed out of the atmosphere and into the ocean.
D. An increase in atmospheric carbon dioxide results in the warming of the climate.
Question 38. The word “beneficial” in the first paragraph is closest in meaning to__________.
A. calm B. inviting C. thoughtful D. favorable
Question 39. It can be inferred from the passage that the development of agriculture__________.
A. preceded the development of animal husbandry.
B. withstood vast changes in the Earth’s climate.
C. did not take place during an ice age. D. was unaffected by the greenhouse effect.
Question 40. The word “This” in the third paragraph refers to__________.
A. man’s upsetting the equation B. the reduction of the level of carbon dioxide.
C. a volcanic eruption D. the melting of the polar ice caps
Question 41. The word “inhospitable” is closest in meaning to__________.
A. imperfect B. uninhabitable C. unlikable D. cruel
Question 42. What is the main topic of the passage?
A. The possibility that the polar ice caps will melt
B. The coming of another ice age
C. Man’s effect on the carbon dioxide level in the atmosphere
D. The climate of the Earth over the years
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction in each of the following questions.
Question 43. We have conducted exhausting research into the effects of smartphones on students’
behaviour and their academic performance.
A. exhausting B. into C. behaviour D. academic performance
Question 44. Do you ever feel that life is not being fair to you because you cannot seem to get the
job where you want or that really suits you?
A. ever B. that C. because D. where
Question 45. Mrs. Steven, along with her cousins from New Mexico, are planning to attend the
festivities.
A. along B. from C. are planning D. to attend
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to each of the following questions.
Question 46. I had no sooner got to know my neighbors than they moved away.
A. Soon after I got to know my new neighbors, I stopped having contact with them.
B. If my new neighbors had stayed longer, I would have got to know them better.
C. Once I had got used to my new neighbors, they moved somewhere else.
D. Hardly had I become acquainted with my new neighbors when they went somewhere else to
live.
Question 47. “You’re always making terrible mistakes.” said the teacher.
A. The teacher asked his students why they always made terrible mistakes.
B. The teacher realized that his students always made terrible mistakes.
C. The teacher complained about his student making terrible mistakes.
D. The teacher made his students not always make terrible mistakes.
Question 48. A: John passed his exam with a distinction. B: ______________________
A. He was too lazy to succeed B. He can't have studied very hard
C. He must have studied very hard D. He needs studying harder
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines
each pair of sentences in the following questions.
Question 49. Tom snored all night. I didn’t sleep a wink.
A. I didn’t sleep a wink, which made Tom snore all night.
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 82
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
B. Tom snored all night as a result of my sleeplessness.
C. What with Tom snoring all night, I didn’t sleep a wink.
D. What made Tom snore all night was my sleeplessness.
Question 50. A simplified edition is easier to read than the original. It is shorter.
A. A simplified edition which is shorter than the original is easier to read.
B. A simplified edition who is shorter than the original is easier to read.
C. A simplified edition is easier to read than the original which is shorter.
D. A simplified edition is easier to read than the original that is shorter.
_______HẾ T________

TIẾT 85-86-87-88 Ngày dạy………../………../2020


CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 33. COLLOCATIONS - IDIOMS (THÀ NH NGỮ )
Question 01. It is no use_________ to escape - no one ever gets out of here.
A. to try B. trying C. tried D. try
Question 02. She certainly has her__________ full with four kids in the house.
A. hands B. shoulders C. bags D. cups
Question 03. George took_________ of the fine weather to do a day’s work in his garden.
A. chance B. advantage C. charge D. interest
Question 04. I don't know what to say to break the_________ with someone I've just met at the
party.
A. air B. ice C. leg D. rule
Question 05. We take_________ in doing the washing-up, cleaning the floor and watering the
flowers.
A. turn B. actions C. measures D. turns
Question 06. She did a funny little curtsy which Josh and Silver couldn't help_________ at.
A. laugh B. laughing C. to laugh D. to laughing
Question 07. He was a natural singer with a voice that was as clear as_________.
A. a bell B. a mirror C. a waterfall D. a lake
Question 08. Mr. Park Hang Seo, a Korean coach, is considered a big__________ in Vietnam football.
A. cheese B. bread C. sandwich D. egg
Question 09. Make sure you__________ us a visit when you are in town again.
A. give B. do C. pay D. have
Question 10. I'm so________ under with work at the moment - it's awful.
A. iced B. rained C. snowed D. fogged
Question 11. The local clubs are making every_________ to interest more young people.
A. volunteer B. effort C. donation D. fund
Question 12. Mrs. Robinson_________ great pride in her cooking.
A. has B. finds C. gets D. takes
Question 13. The fastest runner took the_________ just five metres before the finishing line.
A. advance B. lead C. place D. head
Question 14. The complaints he received were like water off a duck’s________.
A. wings B. body C. back D. feather
Question 15. Peoples all over the world are_________ to fight again the epidemic named COVID-19.
A. steps on steps B. separated C. hands over hands D. hands in hands
Question 16. He is determined to win________. He will never give up.
A. at any cost B. at any time C. at risk D. at last
Question 17. ________ theft involves stealing small amounts of cash or goods, and is usually charged
as a misdemeanor.
A. Slight B. Petty C. Small D. Unimportant
Question 18. A few people are________ the plans to build a new car park, but I'm sure the silent
majority are against it.
A. in danger of B. in spite of C. in favour of  D. in reference to
Question 19. Shall we_________ hands to make the earth a better place to live in.
A. take B. join C. shake D. hold
Question 20. My sister was making_________ at me when my mom wasn't looking.
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 83
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
A. hands B. faces C. backs D. chests
TIẾT 89-90-91-92 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 34. USE OF LANGUAGE (CÁ CH DÙ NG TỪ )
Question 01. She refused to eat meat under any__________.
A. circumstances B. occasion C. opportunity D. reason
Question 02. I left my last job because I had no__________ to travel.
A. place B. position C. opportunity D. possibility
Question 03. The meeting had to be put__________ until a later date.
A. away B. on C. off D. up
Question 04. He had to leave early,__________ he?
A. didn’t B. mustn’t C. hasn’t D. shouldn’t
Question 05. He missed the lecture, so I lent him my notes__________.
A. after B. afterwards C. at last D. finally
Question 06. If only he__________ accept some help with the work instead of trying to do it alone.
A. will B. may C. would D. were
Question 07. I’ll show you around the city, when you__________ to visit me.
A. come B. are coming C. will come D. will be coming
Question 08. That__________ table used to belong to my great grandmother.
A. aged B. mature C. elderly D. antique
Question 09. These buses are__________ to run every 15 minutes, but I’ve been waiting here for 25
minutes already.
A. assumed B. promised C. presumed D. supposed
Question 10. His eyes were__________ bad that he couldn’t read the number plate of the car in front.
A. such B. too C. so D. very
Question 11. The poor child was in floods of__________ because his bicycle had been stolen.
A. weeping B. crying C. tears D. unhappiness
Question 12. She kindly offered to__________ me the way to the station.
A. explain B. direct C. describe D. show
Question 13. I can remember a time__________ cars were rarely seen in the village.
A. which B. that C. where D. when
Question 14. I can’t find my dictionary at the moment, I hope it will__________ up soon.
A. come B. clear C. turn D. look
Question 15. The window was so high up, that__________ you could see was the sky.
A. everything B. all C. only D. just
Question 16. I have bought extra food__________ our friends stay to dinner.
A. in case B. if C. provided D. as long as
Question 17. He likes to take__________ in sport, not only to watch it.
A. practice B. place C. part D. exercise
Question 18. The police have warned tourists to look__________ for pickpockets in the town centre.
A. up B. down C. forward D. out
Question 19. The children__________ at the beautiful picture with a sense of wonder.
A. gaze B. admire C. glared D. glanced
Question 20. I wouldn’t__________ of going to a party I hadn’t been invited to.
A. intend B. dream C. rely D. depend

TIẾT 93 Ngày dạy………../………../2020


REVIEW 03
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the others.
Question 01. A. supposed d B. lived d C. vanished t D. rained d

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 84
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
Question 02. A. start s B. surely ʃ C. sugary ʃ D. invasion ʃ
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in primary stress.
Question 03. A. campaign 2 B. global 1 C. balance 1 D. carbon 1
Question 04. A. natural 1 B. endangered 2 C. dangerous 1 D. habitat 1
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 05. If you________ me to the meeting yesterday, I would have helped you.
A. had invited B. have invited C. invited D. would have invited
Question 06. He is________ most intelligent person I have ever seen so far.
A. 0 (no article) B. an C. the D. a
Question 07. At home, my parents criticized me________ being careless, factually I was very careful.
A. for B. to C. from D. of
Question 08. My mom were cooking when I________ home yesterday afternoon.
A. come B. was coming C. came D. had come
Question 09. ________ I did not make a mistake, he scolded me out of the blue.
A. In spite of B. Because C. But D. Although
Question 10. ________ her mother after so many years away, she ran to hug her and sobbed.
A. On seeing B. To be seen C. Having seen D. To see
Question 11. Although________ about the dangers of nCoV, many people continue travelling to
Korea.
A. warned B. warning C. to be warned D. being warned
Question 12. She admitted________ by several hundred dollars, but in return, she won the lawsuit.
A. to disadvantage B. disadvantaging C. being disadvantaged D. to be disadvantage
Question 13. Because of the________ of the infectious disease caused by corona virus, schools are to
be closed and students rush to find online courses to study at home.
A. outbreak B. outcome C. outlet D. outline
Question 14. Peoples all over the world are_________ to fight against the pandemic named COVID-
19.
A. steps on steps B. separated C. hands over hands D. hands in hands
Question 15. It is regretted that there can be no________ to this rule.
A. exclusion B. alternative C. exception D. deviation
Question 16. They live in a very________ populated area of Italy.
A. sparsely B. scarcely C. hardly D. barely
Question 17. ________ some non-cultural people like Khá Bả nh is unacceptable in today's young children.
A. Accepting B. Idolizing C. Knowing D. Realizing
Question 18. When you are dealing with so many problems, mistakes are________ to happen.
A. found B. ground C. around D. bound
Question 19. - Speaker 1: “Let’s chat on line”. - Speaker 2: “____________.”
A. Not at all B. Thank you C. Good luck D. Good idea
Question 20. - Speaker 1: “Hello, may I speak to Mr. Black, please?” - Speaker 2: “____________.”
A. I think so B. Hold on, please C. Goodbye D. I’d like to
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s).
Question 21. We need to cut down on the emission of carbon dioxide into the atmosphere.
A. intake B. retake C. uptake D. discharge
Question 22. Land erosion is mainly caused by widespread deforestation.
A. afforestation B. reforestation C. logging D. lawn mowing
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s).
Question 23. We should grow more trees so that they can absorb more carbon dioxide from the air.
A. emit B. take in C. consume D. cut off
Question 24. The factory was fined for having dumped a huge amount of rubbish into the river.
A. penalized B. levied C. compensated D. punished
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction.
Question 25. After the work from hospital, my mother goes home and water usually rose flowers twice a
day.
A. the work B. goes C. water usually D. twice

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 85
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
Question 26. Having cycled to work every day, I become more responsibly for the environmental
issues.
A. more responsibly B. environmental C. Having cycled D. every day
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the blanks.
Our position in the family is one of the factors (27)_________ strongly affect our personality.
The eldest or first-born children get maximum (28)_________ from their parents and the result is
that they are usually self-confident and ambitious people. Firstborns are also responsible because
they often have to look after their younger brothers or sisters. (29)_________, they can be quite
bossy and dominant as they often give orders and are fearful of losing position. Middle children
are usually sociable since they have other children to play with. They are good at peacemaking
and compromising. Yet, on the negative side, (30)_________ children can be jealous and moody ones.
The youngest in a family is probably quite a relaxed person and some are often lazy. This is
because they always have someone in the family to help them. Yet, they are charming and
(31)_________, have good sense of humor and know how to manipulate others when they want to
get their way.
Question 27. A. which B. where C. who D. what
Question 28. A. awareness B. attention C. attraction D. willingness
Question 29. A. Whenever B. In addition C. Therefore D. However
Question 30. A. elder B. middle C. younger D. youngest
Question 31. A. create B. creation C. creative D. creature
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to the originals.
Question 32. I am much more intelligent than he is.
A. He is much more intelligent than I am. B. He isn’t as intelligent as I am.
C. He is as intelligent as I am. D. He isn’t more intelligent than I am.
Question 33. You cheated in the exam yesterday. Your friends disagree with you now.
A. You needn’t have done that. B. You mustn’t have done that.
C. You shouldn’t have done that. D. You couldn’t have done that.
Question 34. I last saw him in 1998.
A. I didn't see him since 1998. B. It is in 1998 that I saw him.
C. I haven't seen him since 1998. D. It has been 1998 since I saw him.
Question 35. You ought to make up your mind now.
A. It is time you made up your mind. B. Making up your mind is necessary.
C. You should have made up your mind. D. It is possible to make up your mind.
Read the passage and mark A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
questions.
Today, I’d like to begin a discussion on the problem of the heating up of the earth. First, we’ll
touch on the relationship between fluorocarbons and the ozone layer. You probably remember that
the ozone layer is the protective shield around the earth. It is important to all life, because it filters
out harmful ultraviolet light from the sun. Ozone itself, a form of oxygen, is regularly made by the
action of the sun in the upper atmosphere. It is also regularly destroyed by natural chemical
processes.
The problem now is that too much of the ozone layer is being destroyed. Scientists suspect
that certain chemicals, such as fluoro-carbons, are contributing to the depletion of the ozone
layer. And how do we use fluoro-carbons? The most common uses are in spray cans and cooling
systems. The chemical pollution from these fluoro-carbons can account for some of the ozone
losses that have been reported. There are, however, new studies linking the sun itself to the
depletion of the ozone layer. We’ll go into that new study more next time.
Question 36. Who is the most likely speaker?
A. A doctor B. A professor C. A mechanic D. A chemist
Question 37. What does the word "filters out" in paragraph 1 probably mean?
A. stops B. separates C. prevents D. keeps
Question 38. What is the ozone layer made of?
A. Ultraviolet light B. Fluorocarbons C. Shields D. Oxygen
Question 39. The speaker’s main topic is_________.
A. ultraviolet light B. air-conditioning systems
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 86
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
C. the use of spray cans D. fluoro-carbons and the ozone layer
Question 40. What will the speaker probably discuss next?
A. The make-up of the ozone layer. C. To make air conditioners with fluorocarbons.
B. Harmful effects of ultraviolet light. D. The sun as a cause of ozone layer depletion.
TIẾT 94-95 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
TEST YOURSELF 07
SỞ GD&ĐT …………. ĐỀ KTCL ÔN THI THPT QUỐC GIA NĂM 2020-2021
TRƯỜ NG THPT ……………. Mô n: TIẾ NG ANH – ĐỀ SỐ 147
(Đề thi gồm: 04 trang) Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from
the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 01: A. schools B. secrets C. weekends D. solutions
Question 02: A. safe B. angry C. blank D. family
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in
the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 03: A. return B. parents C. weekend D. household
Question 04: A. important B. holiday C. different D. interesting
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction in each of the following questions.
Question 05. Traditionally, Americans and Asians have had very different ideas about love and married.
A B C D
Question 06. Many teachers have devoted their lives to teaching therefore teaching is not a
well-paid job. A B C D
Question 07. It was in 2006 when she got married to a well-known movie star.
A B C D
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each
of the following questions.
Question 08: The tourists asked me how_______ to Hoan Kiem lake.
A. did they get B. they could get C. would they get D. could they get
Question 09: His parents agreed to_______ him their car while they were away on holiday.
A. let B. hire C. lend D. borrow
Question 10: Sleeping, resting and______ are the best ways to care for a cold.
A. drinking fruits B. to drink fruits C. drank fruits D. one drinks fruits
Question 11: If he______ with us now, he______ the beauty of nature of the National Park.
A. is/ can enjoy B. were/ could enjoy C. was/ will enjoy D. has been/ would enjoy
Question 12: _______ have made a billion dollars last year.
A. His father is thought that B. His father is thought to
C. It is thought D. It is thought that his father
Question 13: Linda, _______ is quite rich, has just celebrated her 21st birthday.
A. whom family B. whose family C. which family D. that family
Question 14: _______ the noise from the construction work, the children couldn’t concentrate on
their lessons. A. Although B. In spite of C. Because D. Because of
Question 15: I didn’t meet him yesterday. He_______ on business.
A. must go B. should go C. must have gone D. should have gone
Question 16: Rock music_______ popular around the world for more than 40 years.
A. was B. is being C. had been D. has been
Question 17: Economic reforms have_______ a lot of benefits for the local people.
A. given away B. resulted from C. carried out D. resulted in
Question 18: A good friend should_______ you whatever happens.
A. be in favor of B. take after C. stand by D. bring around
Question 19: Only when I_______ my exams next month_______ the book.
A. have finished/ I read B. will finish/ I will read

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 87
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
C. finished/ did I read D. have finished/ will I read
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to
complete each of the following exchanges.
Question 20: - Charles: “Thanks so much for looking after the children!” - Lisa: “_______________”
A. That’s all right. Anytime. B. I’m fine, thanks.
C. Of course, not. D. That sounds nice.
Question 21: - Janet: "Do you feel like going to the cinema this evening?" - Susan: “________."
A. I don't agree, I'm afraid B. You’re welcome
C. That would be great D. I feel very bored
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 22: He was asked to account for his presence at the scene of crime.
A. complain B. exchange C. explain D. arrange
Question 23: The teacher gave some suggestions on what could come out for the examination.
A. effects B. symptoms C. hints D. demonstrations
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in
meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 24: John was so insubordinate that he lost his job in one week.
A. understanding B. fresh C. obedient D. disobedient
Question 25: When he passes the entrance exam, his parents will be walking on the air.
A. feeling extremely unhappy B. extremely light
C. feeling extremely airy D. extremely happy
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to each of the following questions.
Question 26: This is the first time I've made such a stupid mistake.
A. The first mistake I made was a stupid one
B. I had never made a stupid mistake
C. Never before have I made such a stupid mistake
D. I first made a stupid mistake
Question 27: The boy was not intelligent enough to have solved such complex problems alone.
A. The complex problems couldn’t be solved because the boy was so stupid.
B. The boy was not intelligent but he managed to solve such complex problems.
C. The boy, though quite intelligent, couldn’t solve the complex problems.
D. The boy together with someone else solved the complex problems.
Question 28: Be he rich or poor, she will marry him.
A. She doesn't want to marry him because he is poor.
B. She wants to marry him of he is rich. C. She will marry him whether he is rich or poor.
D. She will marry him however poor he may be.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines
each pair of sentences in the following questions.
Question 29: She was the first woman in the Philippines. She was elected as the president of the country.
A. She was the first woman being elected as the president of the Philippines.
B. She was the first woman who is elected as the president of the Philippines.
C. She was the first woman to be elected as the president of the Philippines.
D. She was the first woman elected as the president of the Philippines.
Question 30: He spent all his money. He even borrowed some from me.
A. Not only he spent all his money but he also borrowed some from me.
B. Not only did he spend all his money but he also borrowed some from me.
C. Not only he borrowed some from me but he also spent all his money
D. Not only did he borrow some from me but he also spend all his money
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 31 to 35.
In addition to the challenge to be excellent, American schools have been facing novel
problems. They must cope with an influx of immigrant children, many of whom speak little or no
English. They must respond to demands (31)______ the curriculum reflect the various cultures of
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 88
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
all children. Schools must make sure that students develop basic skills for the job market, and
they must consider the needs of nontraditional students, such as teenage mothers.
Schools are addressing these problems in ways that reflect the diversity of the US educational
system. They are hiring or training large numbers of teachers of English (32)______ a second
language and, in some countries, setting up bilingual schools. They are opening up the traditional
European-centered curriculum to embrace material from American, Asian, and other cultures.
Schools are also teaching cognitive skills to the (33)______ 40 percent of American students
who do not go on to higher education. In the (34)______ of a recent report by the Commission on
Achieving Necessary Skills, “A strong back, the willingness to work, and a high school diploma
were once all that was necessary to make a start in America. They are no longer. A well-developed
mind, a continued willingness to learn and the ability to put knowledge to work are the new keys
(35)______ the future of our young people, the success of our business, and the economic well-
being of the nation”. ( Extracted from Info USA-CD Version)
Question 31. A. that B. who C. whether D. what
Question 32. A. as B. from C. with D. like
Question 33. A. slightly B. mostly C. fairly D. nearly
Question 34. A. minds B. directions C. words D. ways
Question 35. A. to B. at C. in D. for
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions from 36 to 42.
Long ago prehistoric man began to domesticate a number of wild plants and animals for
his own use. This not only provided more abundant food but also allowed more people to live on a
smaller plot of ground. We tend to forget that all of our present-day pets, livestock, and food
plants were taken from the wild and developed into the forms we know today.
As centuries passed and human cultures evolved and blossomed, humans began to
organise their knowledge of nature into the broad field of natural history. One aspect of early
natural history concerned the use of plants for drugs and medicine. The early herbalists
sometimes overworked their imaginations in this respect. For example, it was widely believed
that a plant or part of a plant that resembles an internal organ would cure ailments of that organ,
Thus, an extract made from a heart-shaped leaf might be prescribed for a person suffering from
heart problems.
Nevertheless, the overall contributions of these early observers provided the rudiments of
our present knowledge of drugs and their uses.
Question 36. What does this passage mainly discuss?
A. Cures from plants. B. The beginning of natural history.
C. Prehistoric man. D. Early plants and animals.
Question 37. Domestication of plants and animals probably occurred because of________.
A. need for more readily available food B. lack of wild animals and plants
C. early mans power as a hunter D. the desire of prehistoric man to be nomadic
Question 38. The word “This” refers to________.
A. providing food for man B. man's domestication of plants and animals
C. man's ability to live on a small plot of land D. the earliest condition of prehistoric man
Question 39. The word “blossomed” is closest in meaning to________.
A. produced flowers B. changed C. learned D. flourished
Question 40. An herbalist is which of the following?
A. A dreamer. B. An early historian.
C. Someone who uses plants in medicine. D. A farmer.
Question 41. Which of the following can be inferred from the passage?
A. The shape of a plant is indicative of its ability to cure ailments of a similarly shaped
organ.
B. Early herbalists were unimaginative.
C. The work of early herbalists has nothing to do with present day medicine.
D. There is little relation between a cure for illness and the physical shape of a plant.
Question 42. The passage would most likely lead to a more specific discussion in the field
of________.
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 89
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
A. zoology B. biology C. anatomy D. Astrology
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the questions from 43 to 50.
Although most universities in the United States are on a semester system, which offers
classes in the fall and spring, some schools observe a quarter system comprised of fall, winter,
spring, and summer quarters. The academic year, September to June, is divided into three
quarters of eleven weeks each beginning in September, January, and March: the summer quarter,
June to August, is composed of shorter sessions of vary length.
There are several advantages and disadvantages to the quarter system. On the plus side,
students who wish to complete their degrees in less than the customary four years may take
advantage of the opportunity to study year round by enrolling in all four quarters. In addition,
although most students begin their programs in the fall quarter, they may enter at the beginning
of any other quarters. Finally, since the physical facilities are kept in operation year round, the
resources are used effectively to serve the greatest number of students. But there are several
disadvantages as well. Many faculty complain that eleven-week term is simply not enough for
them to cover the material required by most college coursed. Students also find it difficult to
complete the assignments in such a short period of time.
In order to combine the advantages of the quarter system with those of the semester
system some colleges and universities have instituted a three-term trimester system. In fourteen
weeks, faculty and students have more time to cover material and finish course requirements, but
the additional term provides options for admission during the year and accelerates the degree
programs for those students who wish to graduate early.
Question 43. Which of the following would be the best title for this passage?
A. The Semester System B. The Academic Year
C. Universities in the United States D. The Quarter System
Question 44. How many terms are there in a quarter system?
A. Three regular terms and one summer term B. One regular term and four summer terms
C. Two regular terms and two summer terms D. Four regular terms and one summer term
Question 45. When is the academic year?
A. September to August B. September to June C. June to August D. August to June
Question 46. The word “customary” in paragraph 2 could best be replaced by________.
A. agreeable B. Limited C. traditional D. length
Question 47. When may students begin studying in a school that uses a quarter system?
A. Summer semester only B. at the beginning of the academic year
C. at the beginning of any quarter D. September
Question 48. The word “them” in paragraph 2 refers to________.
A. material B. courses C. faculty D. weeks
Question 49. Which of the following characteristics does NOT apply to trimesters?
A. They provide more options for admission B. They allow students to graduate early
C. They last eleven weeks D. They are long enough to cover the course material
Question 50. Where would this passage most probably be found?
A. In a American newspaper
B. In a dictionary published in the United States
C. In a general guide to colleges and universities in the United States
D. In a college catalog for a university in the United States
___________HẾ T____________

TIẾT 96 Ngày dạy………../………../2020


CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 35. CLOZE-READING TIPS (BÀ I TẬ P ĐIỀ N KHUYẾ T)
1. General tips:
- Read through the text without looking at the provided options before you fail to come up
with an idea.
- Try to find the main idea of the text as well as the field it covers.
- Use different ways to choose the answers as suggested below.
2. Word orders and numbers:
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 90
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
3. Word usages and collocations:
4. Principles of logic, the uses of functional words:

TIẾT 97-98 Ngày dạy………../………../2020


CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 35. CLOZE-READING TIPS (BÀ I TẬ P ĐIỀ N KHUYẾ T)
THE IDEAL INTERVIEW
When you are being interviewed, 80 per cent of your mental effort goes into thinking about
what to say and about 20 per cent into how to say it. The interviewer measures you the other way
round.
According to one expert, you (01)________ to practise your role. Lack of confidence at an
interview puts employers off, (02)________ sit on a chair in front of a mirror before the interview
and rearrange yourself until you look confident. Make sure you sit up straight and do everything
in a (03)________ way. If you look forced, you will feel tense. Get (04)________ to listen to your voice.
If you are nervous, you are (04)________ to talk in a dull tone. But if you talk faster than you
normally do, what comes out is likely to be nonsensical. A good interviewer will ask open-ended
questions, so try and give answers which are clear and precise.
Question 01. A. got B. must C. study D. need
Question 02. A. when B. but C. and D. so
Question 03. A. loose B. relaxed C. simple D. gentle
Question 04. A. one B. him C. someone D. them
Question 05. A. really B. possibly C. likely D. probably
HAS GOOGLE MADE US STUPID?
The rise of Google and other search engines has (06)_________ the way we remember
information., (07)_________ to research. Because we now have access to all the information we
could possibly want at the touch of a button, we no longer need to store so much information in
our heads. It's been suggested that this is actually changing the way our brains store and recall
information. We're quite likely (08)_________ information that we believe we can find online and
more likely to remember something that we might not be able to access on the internet. We are
now better at remembering where we can (09)_________ the information than we are at
remembering the information itself. Interestingly, the brain is a malleable organ, which changes
according to our circumstances. So, it's not just Google that can change the way we remember
things. We have always looked to “experts" to remember things for us. And even in more informal
ways, long-term couples also learn to (10)_________ on each other for remembering information.
Now, where did I put my keys?
[From AM SPEAKOUT Advanced]
Question 06. A. changed B. paved C. showed D. moved
Question 07. A. due B. according C. owing D. thanks
Question 08. A. to gain B. to save C. to collect D. to forget
Question 09. A. get hold of B. make use of C. take notice of D. look up
Question 10. A. put B. focus C. look D. rely
My first job was a sales assistant at a large department store. I wanted to work part-time,
because I was still studying at university and I was only able to work a few nights a week.
I came across the advertisement in the local newspaper. I remember the interview as
though it were yesterday. The (11)__________ manager sat behind a large desk. He asked me various
questions which surprised me because all I wanted was to work in sales. An hours later, I was told
that I had got the job and was given a contract to go over. I was to be trained for ten days before I
took my post. Also, as a member of staff, I was (12)__________ to some benefits, including discounts.
When I eventually started, I was responsible (13)__________ the toy section. I really enjoyed
it there and I loved demonstrating the different toys. I was surprised at how friendly my
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 91
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
colleagues were, too. They made working there fun even when we had to deal with customers
(14)__________ got on our nerves. (15)__________, working there was a great experience which I will
never forget.
(Source: haps://goagl/wkAgna)
Question 11. A. personal B. personable C. personage D. personnel
Question 12. A. catered B. given C. entitled D. supplied
Question 13. A. for B. with C. in D. to
Question 14. A. which B. why C. when D. who
Question 15. A. In contrast B. However C. Moreover D. On the whole
The warming of the Pacific Ocean has created weather patterns (16)________ strongly affect the
world. When the water is warm, the (17)________ of rainfall in Indonesia and the surrounding regions
decreases. Australia could even experience a drought in many parts. On the other hand, Chile (which
borders the Pacific Ocean) is preparing for severe rainstorms. In Pakistan and northwestern India, the
weather pattern makes the rainy season weaker and makes the area much drier. This happening is
called El Nino and is used by weather forecasters to make long-range weather predictions. They also
know that El Nino will (18)________ unusually heavy rains to the southwestern part of the United States
and make the central part of the country drier at the same time. According to research, weather
forecasters (used to know about the coming weather with certainty. Now everything has become
(19)________ different. El Nino itself used to be (20)________. It would occur every two to seven years. But
now, this weather pattern is becoming more frequent. We cannot say when and how often tornadoes
or cyclones occur. Scientists are unsure of the reason for this change on a global scale either.
Question 16. A. what B. when C. whether D. that
Question 17. A. amount B. deal C. figure D. number
Question 18. A. fetch B. bring C. take D. consist
Question 19. A. complete B. completely C. completed D. completing
Question 20. A. notable B. incredible C. predictable D. remarkable
TIẾT 99-100 Ngày dạy………../………../2020
CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 36. COMPREHENSION-READING TIPS (BÀ I TẬ P DỌ C HIỂ U)
1. General tips:
Để là m tố t loạ i bà i tậ p đọ c hiểu chú ng ta cầ n phâ n tích và chia nhó m cá c loạ i câ u hỏ i, vâ n dụ ng cá c
kĩ nă ng giả i cá c nhó m câ u hỏ i cụ thể để hoà n thà nh bà i tậ p. Thô ng thườ ng, bà i tậ p đọ c hiểu gồ m
cá c nhó m câ u hỏ i cụ thể sau:
Type 1: Vocabulary questions:
Khá i quá t: Identify vocabulary meaning (3 – 5 questions/ 1 passage).
Câ u hỏ i: - The word/ phrase “X” is closest in meaning to________.
- The word/ phrase “X” could/ can be best replaced by________.
- The word/ phrase “X” probably means________.
Type 2: Reference questions:
Khá i quá t: Identify the referent a reference word “refers to” (0 – 2 questions/ 1 passage).
Câ u hỏ i: - The word/ phrase “X” refers to________.
Type 3&4: Factual & negative factual questions:
Khá i quá t: Choose an answer that is true or untrue according to the passage
Factual (3-6 questions/ 1 passage); Negative factual (0-2 questions/ 1 passage)
Câ u hỏ i: Factual: - Which of the following statements is TRUE of________?
- It is indicated in the passage that________.
- According to the passage, ________.
Negative factual: - Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE of________?
- All of the following statements are true EXCEPT________.
Type 5: Sentence simplification questions:
Khá i quá t: Find the best replacement of key information from long and complex sentences
(1 question/ 1 passage).
Câ u hỏ i: Which of the sentences below best expresses the essential information in the
highlighted sentence in the passage?
Type 6: Prose Summary: Complete a summary of a passage (1 question/ 1 passage).

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 92
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
Type 7: Classify, categorize, organize information questions:
Khá i quá t: Categorize specific facts in the passage (1 question/ 1 passage).
Type 8: Inference questions:
Khá i quá t: Make inferences, form generalizations and draw conclusions based on what is
implied in a passage (0-2 questions/ 1 passage).
Câ u hỏ i: - It is implied in the passage that________.
- It can/ could be inferred from the passage that________.
- It is suggested in the passage that________.
Type 9: Rhetorical purpose questions:
Khá i quá t: Recognize why an author explains concept in a certain way (0-2 questions/ 1
passage)
Câ u hỏ i: - Why does the author state X?
- Why does the author mention X?
- The author mentions X in order to________.

TIẾT 101-102-103 Ngày dạy………../………../2020


CHUYÊ N ĐỀ 36. COMPREHENSION-READING TIPS (BÀ I TẬ P DỌ C HIỂ U)
Man is a land animal, but he closely tied to the sea. Throughout history the sea has served
the needs of man. The sea provided man with food and convenient way to travel to many parts of
the world. Today, nearly two thirds of the world's population live within 80 kilometers of the sea
coast. In the modern technological world, the sea offers many resources to help mankind survive.
Resources on land are beginning to be used up. The sea, however, still can be hoped to supply
many of man's needs.
The list of riches of the sea yet to be developed by man's technology is impressive. Oil and
gas exploration have been carried out for nearly 30 years. Valuable amounts of mineral exist on
the ocean floor ready to be mined. Fish farming- promises to be a good way to produce large
quantities of food. The culture of fish and shellfish is an ancient skill practiced in the past mainly
by the oriental people. Besides oil and gas, the sea may offer new source of energy. Experts
believe that the warm temperature of the ocean can be used in a way similar to the steam in a
steamship. Ocean currents and waves offer possible use as a source of energy. Technology is
enabling man to explore ever more deeply under the sea. The development of strong, new
materials has made this possible.
The technology to harvest the sea continues to improve. Experts believe that by the year
2030 the problems that prevent us from exploiting fully the food, minerals and energy sources of
the sea will be largely solved.
Question 01. The best title for this passage is_________.
A. Man and the Sea B. Sea Food
C. Sea Harvest D. 'Technology for Exploiting the Sea
Question 02. The sea serves the needs of man because_________.
A. all are correct B. it supplies man with minerals
C. it offers oil to man D. it provide man with food
Question 03. The words 'oriental people' in paragraph 2 probably means_________.
A. the people in Asia B. African people C. European people D. American people
Question 05. We can conclude from this passage that_________.
A. the sea has not yet been fully exploited B. the sea resources have largely been used up
C. the problem that prevent us from using the food, minerals and energy sources
D. by the year 2030 the technology will be good enough to exploit all the sea resources
Question 05. The words 'Experts' in paragraph 3 can be replaced by_________.
A. Specialists B. Doctorates C. Scientists D. Farmers
The word laser was coined as an acronym for Light Amplification by the Stimulated
Emission of Radiation. Ordinary light, from the Sun or a light bulb, is emitted spontaneously, when
atoms or molecules get rid of excess energy by themselves, without any outside intervention.
Stimulated emission is different because it occurs when an atom or molecule holding onto excess
energy has been stimulated to emit it as light.

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 93
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
Albert Einstein was the first to suggest the existence of stimulated emission in a paper
published in 1917. However, for many years, physicists thought that atoms and molecules always
were much more likely to emit light spontaneously and that stimulated emission thus always
would be much weaker. It was not until after the Second World War that physicists began trying
to make stimulated emission dominate. They sought ways by which one atom or molecule could
stimulate many other to emit light, amplifying it to much higher powers.
Question 06. The word 'intervention' in line 3 could be replaced by_________.
A. influence B. source C. need D. device
Question 07. According to the passage, Albert Einstein_________.
A. was the first person to mention the existence of stimulated emission.
B. was the first person to use laser. C. was the first person to publish a paper in 1917.
D. was the first person to suggest the word laser.
Question 08. Although Einstein suggested stimulated emission in 1917_________.
A. it wasn’t made dominant until after World War II.
B. physicists didn’t think it would be much weaker.
C. physicists thought it was unlikely to emit light.
D. many physicists believed him.
Question 09. Which of the following statements best describes a laser?
A. A device for stimulating atoms and molecules to emit light
B. An atom in a high-energy state C. A technique for destroying atoms or molecules
D. An instrument for measuring light waves
Question 10. The word 'it' in line 4 refers to_________.
A. energy B. atom C. light bulb D. molecule
Some doctors think that you should drink a glass of water each morning. You should drink
this water first thing, before doing anything else. The temperature of the water should be similar
to body temperature; neither too hot nor too cold.
Why should you drink this water? Water helps your body in many ways. It helps clean out
your kidneys. It prepares your stomach for digestion. Water can also help your intestines work
better. After drinking water, the intestines can more easily take out nutrients from our food.
Water also helps us go to the bathroom more easily.
Scientists suggest that people take in 1,600 milliliters of water each day. But don’t drink all
of that water in one sitting. If you do, your kidneys will have to work much harder to eliminate it.
It’s better to drink some in the morning and some in the afternoon. Some people think it’s better
to drink between meals and not during meals. They think water dilutes the juices produced in our
stomachs. This can interfere with normal digestion.
Are you drinking enough water every day? Check the color of your urine. If it is light
yellow, you are probably drinking enough. If your urine is very dark yellow, you probably need to
drink more water. A little more water each day could make you much healthier.
(Adapted from Reading Challenge 1 by Casey Malarcher and Andrea Janzen)
Question 11. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. The importance of water B. The advice of the doctors
C. How to drink water correctly? D. The best amount of water to drink
Question 12. According to the passage, water is good for the following organs of the body,
EXCEPT__________.
A. kidneys B. stomach C. intestines D. livers
Question 13. The pronoun “It” in paragraph 2 refers to__________.
A. your body B. your kidney C. water D. your stomach
Question 14. The word “eliminate” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to__________.
A. preserve B. remove C. absorb D. process
Question 15. Which of the following is NOT true?
A. The first thing you should do every morning is to drink water.
B. You shouldn’t drink too much water at the same time.
C. Drinking water while having meals may interfere with normal digestion.
D. You need to drink more water if your urine is light yellow.

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 94
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
Lady Liberty
New York City is undoubtedly one of the most famous cities in the world. There are several
landmarks such as the Empire State Building, Broadway, and Times Square which have come to
symbolize the Big Apple. Although these landmarks are all impressive, nothing captures the true spirit of
the city like a gigantic, greenish sculpture that stands proudly in New York Harbour: the famed Statue of
Liberty.
The Statue of Liberty was created as a special gift to the US by French sculptor Frédéric
Auguste Bartholdi. It was designed to represent the friendship between the French and American
people, two close allies that fought against the British during the American Revolutionary War.
Initially, Bartholdi anticipated that he would be able to finish the statue by 1876. The project was
conceived as a joint venture. The French would fund and create the statue and send it to the US, while
Americans would provide a location and build a pedestal to display it on. The initial completion date
would eventually be delayed, however, due to financial issues with both nations. Bartholdi had some
technical issues to deal with as well. He had never designed an enormous copper structure of this size
and he required some expert assistance. Therefore, Bartholdi recruited Alexandre Gustave Eiffel, the
designer of the Eiffel Tower to help him. After nine years of hard work, the 151 -foot, 22-ton statue
was eventually completed and presented to the American Ambassador in France. It then had to be
taken apart and separated into crates before being delivered to the US. It took another two years
before Americans were able to raise enough public funds to build the pedestal that she would stand
on. But the task was finally completed and the Statue of Liberty was assembled and dedicated on
October 28, 1886.
Over the years, the symbolism of the Statue of Liberty continued to grow more and more
important until it became a key symbol of the entire nation. During the late 19 th and early 20lh century,
it was the first landmark that waves of immigrants saw as they sailed into Ellis Island. The sight of this
symbol of freedom gave them hope and inspiration that their life would be better in their new
country. Even today, people from all around the world see it as a powerful symbol of the American
democracy.
Question 16. The Statue of Liberty represents the ________ between the French and the Americans.
A. distance B. disagreements C. language D. intimacy
Question 17. What could replace the word “initial” in paragraph 2?
A. last B. first C. difficult D. wild
Question 18. The word “she” in paragraph 2 refers to________.
A. France B. the United States C. the woman D. the Statue of Liberty
Question 19. What was the problem that delayed the opening of the Statue of Liberty?
A. A war broke out between the French and the Americans.
B. The British offered to help build the statue.
C. France and the US didn’t have enough money.
D. The ambassador of the United States was visiting France.
Question 20. What is the last paragraph mainly about?
A. What the Statue of Liberty means to different people
B. What tourists will see when they go to visit the Statue of Liberty
C. The future plans for the Statue of Liberty
D. Why the Statue of Liberty was brought to the US

TIẾT 104-105 Ngày dạy………../………../2020


TEST YOURSELF 08
SỞ GD&ĐT ………………… ĐỀ KTCL ÔN THI THPT QUỐC GIA NĂM 2020-2021
TRƯỜ NG THPT ……………… Mô n: TIẾ NG ANH – ĐỀ SỐ 148
(Đề thi gồm: 05 trang) Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from
the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 01: A. enterprise B. extinct C. explain D. endanger
Question 02: A. finished B. stayed C. injured D. arrived
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 95
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 03: A. habitat B. inflation C. disease D. remove
Question 04: A. inspire B. wealthy C. protect D. extinct
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction in each of the following questions.
Question 05. Had it not been for you help me, I wouldn't have succeeded.
A B C D
Question 06. Children enjoy telling and listening to ghosts stories, especially on Halloween night.
A B C D
Question 07. We had better to review this chapter carefully because we will have some questions
on it on our test tomorrow. A B C D
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each
of the following questions.
Question 08: The harder we tried to solve the riddle, _______.
A. we got more confused B. the more confused we got
C. we got so confused D. the most we got confused
Question 09: This soup is very hot, but I always think the_______ better.
A. hotter the B. hottest C. hotter D. hot the
Question 10: Lucy was late for school this morning because the alarm didn’t_______ as usual.
A. ring off B. get off C. go off D. take off
Question 11: Children can’t go sleep on Christmas Eve. They’re too_______.
A. exciting B. interesting C. excited D. surprising
Question 12: I’ll go without you_______ late.
A. if you are B. if you will be C. if you would D. when you are
Question 13: The visitors were complaining_______ in the rain.
A. for waiting B. me about waiting C. about having to wait D. that they have to
wait
Question 14: Family_______ later took on a much greater significance in his life.
A. relatives B. relationships C. relation D. relations
Question 15: Your car is too dirty! When did you have it_______?
A. to be washed B. wash C. washed D. to wash
Question 16: She said she met you once at the Parade last week. _______ since?
A. Have you met her B. Were you met her C. Had you met her D. Did you meet her
Question 17: _______ her tears, she waved goodbye to her family from the station platform.
A. Filling out B. Bringing in C. Turning over D. Fighting back
Question 18: We arranged to meet at the station, but she didn’t _______.
A. get through B. turn up C. walk out D. wait on
Question 19: Some sociologists believe that the_______ family of parents and children is rapidly
becoming a thing of the past.
A. extended B. joint C. nuclear D. closed
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to
complete each of the following exchanges.
Question 20: Paul is asking Joe for permission to play the guitar in the room. Choose the most
suitable response to fill in the blank in the following exchange.
Paul: “Is it all right if I play the guitar in here while you’re studying?” Joe: “____________”
A. Well, if only you didn’t. B. Oh, I wish you wouldn’t.
C. Well, actually, I’d prefer it if you didn’t D. Well, I’d rather not.
Question 21: Joanne is criticising Alex for taking a late flight. Choose the most suitable response
to fill in the blank in the following exchange.
Joanne: “You should have flown with the earlier flight ! ” Alex: “____________”
A. Oh, I’m sorry to hear that. B. It was fully booked. C. Yes, I should D. Why not?
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 22: Although we argued with him for a long time, he stood his ground.
A. wanted to continue B. felt sorry for us
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 96
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
C. refused to change his decision D. changed his decision
Question 23: I am concerned about my children.
A. angry B. sad C. happy D. worried
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in
meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 24: The new laws to conserve wildlife in the area will come into force next month.
A. eliminate B. protect C. pullute D. destroy
Question 25: My uncle, who is an accomplished guitarist, taught me how to play.
A. unqualified B. ill-educated C. unskilled D. unimpaired
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to each of the following questions.
Question 26: Sally decided not to do her homework and went to the night club.
A. Sally not only did her homework but also went to the night club.
B. Sally went to the night club instead of doing homework.
C. Sally neither went to the night club nor did her homework.
D. Sally either went to the night club or did her homework.
Question 27: The sooner we solve this problem, the better it will be for all concerned.
A. If we could solve this problem soon, it would be better for all concerned.
B. It would be better for all concerned if we can solve this problem soon,.
C. If all concerned are better, we can solve this problem soon.
D. If we can solve this problem soon, it will be better for all concerned.
Question 28: Having done the test well, Tom hoped to be given a good mark.
A. Having been done the test well, Tom hoped to be given a good mark.
B. Having hoped to be given a good mark, Tom had done the test well.
C. Having the test done well, Tom hoped to be given a good mark
D. Tom hoped to be given a good mark as he had done the test well.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines
each pair of sentences in the following questions.
Question 29: The fire-fighters made every effort to put off the flames. The building burned down
completely.
A. The building burned down completely though the fire-fighters made every effort to
put off the flames.
B. Had it not been for the fire-fighters’ every effort, the building would have burned
down completely.
C. Making every effort to put off the flames, the fire-fighters completely burned down the
building.
D. Since the fire-fighters made every effort to put off the flames, the building burned
down completely.
Question 30: Marry loved her stuffed animal when she was young. She couldn’t sleep without it.
A. When Marry was young, she loved her stuffed animal so as not to sleep with it.
B. As Marry couldn’t sleep without her stuffed animal when she was young, she loved it.
C. When Marry was young, she loved her stuffed animal though she couldn’t sleep with it.
D. When Marry was young, she loved her stuffed animal so much that she couldn’t sleep without it
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 31 to 35.
Environmental Concerns
Earth is the only place we know of in the universe that can support human life.
(31)_______ human activities are making the planet less fit to live on. As the western world
carries on consuming two-thirds of the world's resources while half of the world's population do so
just to stay alive we are rapidly destroying the (32)_______ resource we have by which all people
can survive and prosper. Everywhere fertile soil is either built on or washed into the sea. Renewable
resources are exploited so much that they will never be able to recover completely. We discharge
pollutants into the atmosphere without any thought of the consequences. As a (33)_______ the
planet's ability to support people is being reduced at the very time when rising human numbers and
consumption are making increasingly heavy demands on it. The Earth's (34)_______ resources are
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 97
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
there for us to use. We need food, water, air, energy, medicines, warmth, shelter and minerals to keep
us fed, comfortable, healthy and active. If we are sensible in how we use the resources, they will
(35)_______ indefinitely. But if we use them wastefully and excessively they will soon run out and
everyone will suffer.
Question 31. A. Although B. Yet C. Still D. Despite
Question 32. A. individual B. alone C. very D. solitary
Question 33. A. result B. reaction C. development D. product
Question 34. A. living B. real C. natural D. genuine
Question 35. A. remain B. go C. last D. stand
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions from 36 to 42.
The principle of use and disuse states that those parts of organisms' bodies that are used
grown larger. Those parts that are not tend to wither away. It is an observed fact that when you
exercise particular muscles, they grow. Those that are never used diminish. By examining a man's
body, we can tell which muscles he uses and which he doesn't. We may even be able to guess his
profession or his reaction. Enthusiasts of the "body- building" cult make use of the principle of use
and disuse to "build" their bodies, almost like a piece of sculpture, into whatever unnatural shape
is demanded by fashion in this peculiar minority culture. Muscles are not the only parts of the
body that respond to use in this kind of way. Walk barefoot and you acquire harder skin on your
soles. It is easy to tell a farmer from a bank teller by looking at their hands alone. The farmer's
hands are horny, hardened by long exposure to rough work. The teller's hands are relatively soft.
The principle of use and disuse enables animals to become better at the job of surviving in
their world, progressively better during their lifetime as a result of living in that world. Humans,
through direct exposure to sunlight, or lack of it, develop a skin color which equips them better to
survive in the particular local conditions.
Too much sunlight is dangerous. Enthusiastic sunbathers with very fair skins are
susceptible to skin cancer. Too little sunlight, on the other hand, leads to vitamin-D deficiency and
rickets. The brown pigment melanin which is synthesized under the influence of sunlight, makes a
screen to protect the underlying tissues from the harmful effects of further sunlight. If a
suntanned person moves to a less sunny climate, the melanin disappears, and the body is able to
benefit from what little sun there is. This can be represented as an instance of the principle of use
and disuse: skin goes brown when it is "used", and fades to white when it is not.
Question 36. What does the passage mainly discuss?
A. How the principles of use and disuse change people's concepts of themselves.
B. The way in which people change themselves to conform to fashion.
C. The changes that occur according to the principle of use and disuse.
D. The effects of the sun on the principle of use and disuse.
Question 37. The phrase "wither away" in line 2 is closest in meaning to______.
A. split B. rot C. perish D. shrink
Question 38. According to the passage, men who body build______.
A. appear like sculptures B. change their appearance
C. belong to strange cults D. are very fashionable
Question 39. From the passage, it can be inferred that author views body building______.
A. with enthusiasm B. as an artistic from
C. with scientific interest D. of doubtful benefice
Question 40. It can be inferred from the passage that the principle of use and disuse enables
organisms to______.
A. change their existence B. automatically benefit
C. survive in any condition D. improve their lifetime
Question 41. The author suggests that melanin______.
A. is necessary for the production of vitamin-D B. is beneficial in sunless climates
C. helps protect fair-skinned people D. is a synthetic product
Question 42. The word "susceptible" could be best replaced by______.
A. condemned B. vulnerable C. allergic D. suggestible

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 98
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct answer to each of the questions from 43 to 50.
In the world today, particular in the two most industrialized areas, North America and Europe,
recycling is the big news. People are talking about it, practicing it, and discovering new ways to be
sensitive to the environment. Recycling means finding ways to use products a second time. The
motto of the recycling movement is “Reduce, Reuse, Recycle”.
The first step is to reduce garbage. In stores, a shopper has to buy products in blister packs,
boxes and expensive plastic wrappings. A hamburger from a fast food restaurant comes in lots of
packaging: usually paper, a box and a bag. All that packaging is wasted resources. People should
try to buy things that are wrapped simply, and to reuse cups and utensils. Another way to reduce
waste is to buy high-quality products. When low-quality appliances break, many customers throw
them away and buy new ones - a loss of more resources and more energy. For example, if a
customer buys a high-quality appliance that can be easily repaired, the manufacturer receives an
important message. In the same way, if a customer chooses a product with less packaging, that
customer sends an important message to the manufacturers. To reduce garbage, the throw-away
must stop.
The second step is to reuse. It is better to buy juices and soft drinks in returnable bottles.
After customers empty the bottles, they return them to the stores. The manufacturers of the
drinks collect bottles, wash them, and then fill them again. The energy that is necessary to make
new bottles is saved. In some parts of the world, returning bottles for money is a common
practice. In those places, the garbage dumps have relatively little glass and plastic from throw-
away bottles.
The third step being environmentally sensitive is to recycle. Spent motor oil can be cleaned
and used again. Aluminum cans are expensive to make. It takes the same amount of energy to
make one aluminum can as it does to run a color TV set for three hours. When people collect and
recycle aluminum (for new cans), they help save one of the world’s precious resources.
Question 43. Which area is considered one of the most industrialized?
A. South America B. Middle East C. Europe D. Asia
Question 44. What does the word “sensitive” means ?
A. cautious B. logical C. responding D. friendly
Question 45. It is a waste when customers buy low-quality products because______.
A. they have to be repaired many times. B. they will soon throw them away
C. customers always change their idea D. they are very cheap.
Question 46. What is the topic of the passage?
A. How to live sensitively to the environment. B. How to reduce garbage disposal.
C. What is involved in the recycling movement. D. What people understand the term “recycle”
Question 47. People can do the following to reduce waste EXCEPT______.
A. buy high-quality products B. buy simply-wrapped things
C. reuse cups D. buy more hamburgers
Question 48. What best describe the process of reuse?
A. The bottles are filled again after being returned, collected and washed.
B. The bottles are collected, washed, returned and filled again.
C. The bottles are washed, returned filled again and collected.
D. The bottles are collected, returned, filled again and washed.
Question 49. The word “practice” is closest in meaning to______.
A. training B. exercise C. deed D. belief
Question 50. Garbage dumps in some areas have relatively little glass and plastic because______.
A. people are ordered to return bottles B. returned bottles are few
C. each returned bottle is paid D. few bottles are made of glass or plastic
____________HẾ T____________

KIỂ M TRA ĐÁ NH GIÁ VÀ DUYỆ T CỦ A BAN CHUYÊ N MÔ N

Ngà y:…../…../…… Ngà y:…../…../…… Ngà y:…../…../…… Ngà y:…../…../…… Ngà y:…../…../……
By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang 99
GCSE PREPARATIONS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS!

Prepared and Released by Đỗ Văn Bình


Contacts: https://violet.vn/quocbinh72
binhbac72@gmail.com
dovanbinh.gvlienson@vinhphuc.edu.vn
www.facebook.com/d.q.binh
www.twitter.com/d.q.binh
www.tagged.com/binhdoquoc
www.binhbac72.wordpress.com
Tel: +84987827866
Vĩnh Phúc, tháng 9 năm 2020

By Đỗ Bình – Lien Son High School, Lap Thach, Vinh Phuc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 trang
100

You might also like